Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Telecommunications Services / Gamma Communications plc

Gamma Communications plc

gama.l · LSE Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker gama.l
Exchange LSE
Sector Communication Services
Industry Telecommunications Services
Employees 1926
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Gamma Communications plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Working smarter, 
together.

Gamma Communications plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2019

Gamma, a listed company, is a leading  
supplier of business communications  
services to the UK and Dutch markets.

Strategic Report
Chairman’s statement 

Our business model 

Market trends 

Chief Executive Officer’s statement 

Our strategy 

Key performance indicators 

Performance Metrics 

Risk management 

Our principal risks 

Business review 

  UK Indirect 

  UK Direct 

  Overseas 

Financial review 

Environmental, social and governance report 

2

4

6

12

16

18

20

22

24

28

29

30

31

32

35

Corporate governance 
Chairman’s governance statement 

Board of Directors 

Leadership team 

Corporate governance report 

Nominations Committee report 

Audit Committee report 

Risk Committee report 

Remuneration Committee report 

Directors’ report 

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities 

Financial statements 
Independent auditor’s report 

46

48

50

52

55

56

59

60

73

74

76

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income  80

Consolidated statement of financial position 

Consolidated statement of cash flows 

Consolidated statement of changes in equity 

Notes forming part of the financial statements 

Company statement of financial position 

Company statement of changes in equity 

Notes forming part of the Company financial 
statements 

81

82

83

84

113

114

115

Supplementary information 

Company information 

118

gammacommunicationsplc.com

 
 
Empowering people  
to communicate.

Financial highlights

Revenue

£328.9m 

Growth from £284.9m to £328.9m

Profit from operations

£45.5m 

Increased from £34.4m to £45.5m

Adjusted EBITDA*

£63.5m 

Adjusted EBITDA grew from £48.3m to £63.5m

Dividend

10.5p 

Grew from 9.3p to 10.5p

+15%

+32%

+31%

+13%

* 

 All adjusted measures set out throughout this document which are described as 
“adjusted” represent Alternative Performance Measures (“APMs”) and are defined and 
reconciled in the Financial Review section and are applied consistently. Where reference 
is made to adjusted EPS this is stated on a fully diluted basis ('FD's). Our policy on the use 
of APMs is included in note 1.

Working smarter,  
together.

Annual Report and Accounts 2019

1

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial reportSupplementary informationChairman’s statement

Working together  
to power the market

I am pleased to present the Annual Report for the year 
ended 31 December 2019.

Overview of results
Group revenue for the year ended 31 December 2019 
increased by £44.0m to £328.9m (2018: £284.9m) an 
increase of 15% on the prior year. Adjusted EBITDA for the 
Group increased by 31% to £63.5m (2018: £48.3m). Fully 
diluted earnings per share for the year increased by 20% 
to 36.1p (2018: 30.0p). Adjusted fully diluted earnings per 
share for the year increased by 35% to 40.8p (2018: 30.3p). 
On a statutory basis profit before tax and profit from 
operations also increased by more than 30%.

The cash generated by operations for the year was 
£54.0m compared to £40.6m in 2018. The closing cash 
balance for the year was £53.9m compared to £35.5m at 
the end of December 2018. This cash balance has been 
increased whilst investing £12.4m on capital items, £7.5m 
on acquisitions and paying £9.2m in dividends.

Overview of the year
As outlined in this report, the year has been a period of 
strong strategic execution for Gamma with highlights 
including: 

We launched Collaborate and a new Call Recording 
platform to expand our Unified Communiations as a Service 
(UCaaS) offering and, in November, we acquired Telsis 
Direct Limited, Telsis Communication Services Limited, 
Telsis Services Limited and Telsis GmbH (”Telsis“), which will 
enable us to develop a Contact Centre solution for release 
towards the end of 2020.

Strong growth in our key products in the UK of SIP 
Trunking (units increased by 19%) and Cloud PBX (units 
increased by 20%).

In addition, in February 2020, we acquired Exactive 
Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries (“Exactive“) which 
enables us to support enterprise and public sector 
customers who choose solutions using Microsoft 
Teams. This represents a fundamental part of our 
UCaaS strategy.

In the Netherlands we grew our number of Cloud seats 
to over 22,000. We also acquired Nimsys in February 
2019, its integration has gone well and Nimsys is 
growing strongly. The performance of Dean One in the 
second half improved following a disappointing first half.

We continue to focus on European expansion and 
throughout 2019 we conducted discussions with a 
number of potential acquisitions. In February 2020, we 
made an offer for VozTelecom OIGAA360, SA and its 
subsidiaries ("Voz Telecom") in Spain, which (when 
complete) will give us a foothold into the Spanish market 
which is set to grow significantly over the coming years.

“ 2019 has been a very good  
year for Gamma; we have  
seen strong growth in our  
key products, launched new 
platforms and continued our 
European expansion.”

Dividend per share

10.5p 

Earnings per share

36.1p 

+13%

+20%

2

Gamma Communications plcBoard and employees 
I was delighted to welcome Henrietta Marsh to the board 
on 16 April 2019. She brings a wealth of experience 
gained from serving on the boards of both private and 
listed companies. Henrietta will chair the Remuneration 
Committee after the upcoming AGM. Gamma has a 
strong and experienced Board. We have improved our 
diversity on the Board and within the Senior 
Management Team in the last year but there is more to 
do and we will consider this with future appointments.

The business now has 1,176 employees across three 
countries. We continue to invest in all of our employees 
and in particular we assist apprentices to gain valuable 
work experience, to continue their education and to 
obtain nationally recognised qualifications. At present, 
we have 24 apprentices employed in IT, HR, 
Infrastructure Support, Software Development, Sales 
and Customer Service. We have a good track record of 
offering permanent employment at the end of these 
apprenticeships and expanding opportunities for 
apprentices across the business remains a priority for 
Gamma. We consider diversity to be an important part 
of our culture at Gamma and run a number of 
programmes across our business to support and 
promote this. 

We encourage employees at all levels to own shares in the 
company and in July we used our SIP Trust to award £500 
of free shares to all employees. The company also offered 
a sharesave scheme for the fourth year. Once again, it was 
particularly pleasing to see the exceptionally high take up, 
with 459 staff choosing to participate in the scheme 
(2018: 257). Finally, we have launched an “Evergreen SIP” 
scheme which gives employees another opportunity to 
buy shares in the company in a tax efficient way.

The Board recognises the high levels of support and 
commitment from its staff through a period of 
significant strategic planning and implementation and 
would like to express its thanks for their dedication, 
hard work and enthusiasm.

Dividend
Gamma remains committed to a progressive dividend 
policy which has meant an increase of between 10-15% 
every year since we listed in 2014. Gamma has paid one 
third of the dividend as an interim dividend with the final 
two thirds paid as a final dividend once the results for the 
year are known.

The Board is pleased to propose a final dividend, in 
respect of the year ended 31 December 2019, of 7.0 
pence per share (2018: 6.2 pence) an increase of 13% 
which, subject to shareholder approval at the 
forthcoming AGM, will be payable on Thursday 18 June 
2020 to shareholders on the register on Friday 29 May 
2020. When added to the 3.5 pence interim dividend 
(2018: 3.1 pence) this makes a total dividend declared 
of 10.5 pence for the year as a whole (2018: 9.3 pence).

Governance
During 2018 we adopted the QCA Corporate 
Governance Code (2018 edition) (the ‘QCA Code’). 

Environmental
As a business which enables other companies to 
reduce their carbon footprint by communicating and 
collaborating from multiple sites (which avoids travel), 
we continue to challenge ourselves on our 
environmental credentials. We run a certified Carbon 
Neutral network and we have also now committed to 
supporting the UN Sustainable Development Goals.

The Board has considered the emerging effects of 
climate change on the future of the business and we 
consider them to be low risk.

Outlook 
The Board is positive about the outlook for the business 
in 2020 and beyond.

We have discussed the potential impact of Covid-19 
on the business which (to date) has been very limited. 
Notwithstanding, this remains a matter of close attention 
for the Board. In particular, we will take measures to 
ensure the safety of our channel partners, customers, 
employees and other stakeholders. We are taking regular 
advice and following guidance from the government and 
public bodies. We have a sub-group of our Senior 
Leadership Team who are monitoring the situation on a 
daily basis and communicating the latest advice to staff.

With respect to our day-to-day operations we are able 
(should it become necessary) to operate our business 
with almost all staff working from home. We have stress 
tested our network to ensure that this is achievable.  
We believe we will be able to continue to support our 
customers fully. 

The potential impact of the Covid-19 health crisis on 
the short-term results is difficult to assess at this time. 
We have a resilient business model and at this point we 
have seen little effect on our business. We suspect that 
we may see fewer orders as channel partners and end 
customers are beginning to introduce travel and 
meeting restrictions which will make customer visits 
and lead generation more difficult. With respect to 
existing orders, installations which require engineers 
to visit a site are also likely to be delayed and hence 
revenues will be delayed. At the time of writing it is 
impossible to know how long this situation is likely 
to continue for. We have a strong balance sheet and 
a robust business model and we expect to be able 
to weather the crisis. 

In the longer-term, our product set is well suited to 
organisations that wish to be able to work remotely as 
part of their disaster recovery plans. Whilst the current 
crisis is not desirable, we believe that the experience 
will demonstrate the advantages of UCaaS to 
businesses of all sizes across all industries.

As a predominantly channel-focused business, Gamma 
will continue to concentrate efforts and investment on 
strengthening our relationships and capabilities to 
support the channel to be successful. We will also 
ensure that in the direct business, we continue to focus 
on growth with larger enterprises and the public sector, 
and on building on an already strong reputation for 
operational excellence and service quality. Our support 
for Enterprise customers may involve offering solutions 
based on other products (for example Microsoft Teams) 
as well as our own product set.

Richard Last
Chairman

3

Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial reportSupplementary information 
Our business model

Providing straightforward  
services for business

Our business model

Our product categories

Gamma is a leading supplier of  
Unified Communications as a Service 
(UCaaS) in the UK and Dutch markets, 
supplying communication solutions 
directly and via our extensive network 
of trusted channel partners.

With a range of Unified Communications, 
Mobile and Connectivity services, 
Gamma provides robust and secure 
solutions that enable organisations to 
communicate, collaborate and offer  
a better customer experience.

Unified Communications
Our award-winning range of Unified Communications 
products enables businesses to raise productivity, boost 
agility and increase collaboration. From messaging and 
video calling to instant conference services, we help  
reduce costs and operational complexity while increasing 
employee engagement.

SIP Trunking and Call Management
With the UK’s leading SIP trunking service we give 
businesses a more versatile, resilient phone service at less 
cost. Gamma SIP trunks come with powerful business 
continuity features plus exceptional inbound call 
management functionality.

Mobile
Our business-only mobile service features flexible tariffs 
and powerful bolt-ons. When combined with Gamma’s Unified 
Communications services, employees can keep working 
wherever they are, remaining ‘always-on’ to customers. 

Connectivity
Our high-performance connectivity products deliver 
outstanding speeds combined with robust security and 
resilience measures; from broadband and Ethernet to 
advanced Network services, we provide businesses  
with the customisable connectivity they need to grow.

Strengths

Product and Network quality
Driving innovation on the back of strong 
network and product foundations 
(carrier grade, high availability, and 
rock-solid end-user performance).

Channel automations 
Portal capabilities (built around the  
channel with overlay support geared to 
make Gamma easy to do business with).

Digital platforms
Providing channel partners with Gamma 
Academy and Gamma Accelerate, our 
training and marketing platforms, to drive 
channel engagement and growth. 

4

Gamma Communications plc 
 
i t y  

k   q u a l

r

o

ct and n et w

u
d
o
r
P

Flexible
solutions

Chann

el a

u

t

o

m

Collaborative
culture

a

t

i

o

n

s

Core purpose
Working smarter,
together.

D

i

g

i

t

a

l

p

l

a

t

f

Connected
communications

End-to-end 
control

o

r

m

s 

     Com m e r c i a l   a

g ilit y 

How we sell

UK Indirect
Our primary route to market, the channel is at 
the heart of what we do. We provide market-
leading products to 1000+ channel partners, 
with an exceptional service wrap. 

2019 sales

70%(2018: 74%)

UK Direct
Our direct business supports the requirements 
of Enterprises, Mid Markets and Public Sector 
organisations, looking to contract with 
network operators.

2019 sales

25%(2018: 25%)

e
l
p
o
e

       P

Overseas
Our overseas entities sell both directly and 
through the channel. In the Netherlands, 
Dean One sells via 600+ channel partners, 
Nimsys, an ICT specialist for workspaces and 
multi-tenancy buildings and Schiphol Connect, 
the telecom and internet provider at Schiphol 
Airport sell directly to end users.

2019 sales

5%

(2018: 1%)

Commercial agility
Providing our partners with leverage 
and flexibility (driving incentives and 
not causing price erosion) to sell based 
on value and not price.

People
Our employees are a key part of our 
business; they embody the Gamma 
values, which allows us to deliver better 
services and build relationships with 
our customers.

1,176

employees

5

Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial reportSupplementary information 
Market Trends 

Supporting effective 
business communications 
to empower businesses to 
work smarter, together. 

The way a business communicates with its external and 
internal stakeholders is a key way for it to differentiate 
itself and provide effective customer service.

Gamma provides business communication services 
that are flexible, scalable and secure to meet today’s 
and tomorrow’s challenges.

Underpinning the business and users trends are a 
number of technology and industry directions that 
support the overall changes in how businesses operate.

6

Gamma Communications plcMarket Trend

The rise of converged  
and unified communication 
services

•  Businesses are looking for communications solutions that can 
support them as their way of working changes, and for the 
communications to be relevant to their customers, whether that 
be a phone call, a video chat or a collaborative desktop session. 
The key is matching the communications method to the 
customer and task requirement.

•  Businesses are looking for service simplicity and cost savings  

in their business communications solutions.

•  Business efficiency can be driven by using single phone 

numbers, and therefore a single voicemail service, which the user 
can utilise through a mobile or fixed device. 

Gamma Response: 
Gamma launched Collaborate in the first half of the year, which now 
has 9,000 users. This provides a fully-integrated messaging, 
collaboration and audio/video conferencing service to our 
industry-leading Cloud PBX service, Horizon. We also launched a 
call recording service and subscription management service, which 
allows partners to more effectively manage their Cloud seats. We 
plan to launch a fully integrated contact centre module into our 
UCaaS suite helping us support business communications.

SIP trunks

1,016k 

+19%

Horizon users 

522k 

+20%

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
r
e
p
o
r
t

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

r
e
p
o
r
t

l

S
u
p
p
e
m
e
n
t
a
r
y

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

7

Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial reportSupplementary information 
 
 
 
Market Trends continued

Market Trend

Network Flexibility 

•  Customers demand support when changing their business 

communication requirements. This means service providers 
need to be flexible.

•  New OTT providers can offer applications that are easy to use, 
but the customer connectivity may not have the capacity or 
security to support it 

•  Large network-based operators may have the core capacity, but 
not the flexibility to deliver the applications that customers need

•  Businesses need a balance between fast to deploy applications 
and a scalable and secure infrastructure that supports all users. 

Gamma response:
Gamma is an infrastructure-light provider with a core network that  
can support the key routing of voice/data and mobile traffic in an 
integrated core.

We provide simple, easy to consume services underpinned 
by automated provisioning and support models.

Market Trend

Superfast Connectivity 
Growth to support the  
rise of Cloud Services 

•  Cloud-based applications are now the norm for many 
businesses and vertical markets. To ensure that these 
services work effectively, businesses need fast, highly 
available and secure connectivity from the user to 
the application. 

•  The flexibility that on-demand software solutions 

provide to all businesses (large or small), enables them 
to deploy new solutions faster and more efficiently. 

Gamma Response: 
Gamma continues to offer data access services; ethernet 
services will be used to support larger SME customers and 
will move to improve bearer models to future-proof their 
requirements. The Gamma focus is on working to support 
customers' Cloud-based business applications.

8

Gamma Communications plc9

Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial reportSupplementary informationMarket Trends continued

10

Gamma Communications plci

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
r
e
p
o
r
t

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

r
e
p
o
r
t

l

S
u
p
p
e
m
e
n
t
a
r
y

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

In order to meet these 
and future trends, Gamma 
aligns our organisation 
and focus at all levels to  
four key brand principals:

Evolve our:

Flexible solutions
Products, pricing and services that can adjust to the 
changing needs of clients and business.

Collaborative culture
Specialist expertise of business communications working  
in partnership with clients to achieve the right solution and 
provide ongoing support when it matters.

Connected communications
Sophisticated, dependable and secure products and 
services designed to help businesses succeed in the  
modern world.

End-to-end control
End-to-end control and technical integration for ‘always-on’ 
unified communications that give people the freedom to work 
wherever, whenever.

” We empower people. 
We give them the belief 
and ability to achieve 
more. What sets Gamma 
apart is how we work with 
people and not just what 
we sell to them.”

Annual Report and Accounts 2019

11

 
 
 
 
Chief Executive Officer’s statement

A new strategy  
drives success

Our people have contributed to 
another year of excellent results.

I am pleased to report another excellent set of financial 
results for 2019 which demonstrates the efficacy of the 
strategy which we set out at the start of 2019. 

As well as executing against our short-term 
commitments, throughout 2019, we focused heavily on 
planning and executing our medium and longer-term 
growth strategy for Gamma.

Both our Direct and Indirect channel businesses have 
continued to perform strongly, and throughout 2019 we 
were awarded several new multi-year customer and 
partner contracts. This has enabled us to strengthen 
both our contracted backlog and revenue and margin 
visibility, ensuring that we continue to benefit from a 
very high percentage of recurring revenue and margin. 

We have continued to invest and strengthen our sales, 
service and delivery capabilities across Gamma, and our 
continued focus and investment on product development 
will deliver new and exciting product launches during 
2020, including a cloudcentre offering. Development of a 
cloud contact centre offering is a frequent request from 
channel partners and end users and will open up a part of 
the market in the larger SME space. Supporting the 
success of our indirect channel partners is a priority, and 
we continue to develop and strengthen our self-serve 
partner portal, while ensuring that our digital platforms 
(Gamma Academy and Gamma Accelerate) enable our 
partners to create new opportunities, win market share 
and drive increased levels of revenue and margin. 

The Gamma Academy delivered 19,992 training 
courses to channel partners during 2019 (2018: 16,602). 
Gamma Accelerate delivered a significant increase in 
marketing campaigns run by channel partners during 
the period with 870 of Gamma’s partners now actively 
using the platform (2018: 732). 

We offer a product set which can be used by other 
businesses to reduce their carbon footprint and we are 
proud that we are certified CarbonNeutral©. 
Notwithstanding, we continue to work hard to reduce 
our energy consumption. We last monitored our CO2 
emissions between July 2017 to June 2018 which were 
2,332 tonnes of CO2. This was a reduction of 5% 
compared to the previous twelve months.

12

Gamma Communications plcRevenue

Gross profit

£328.9m +15%
£166.5m  +26%

Strategy
Our strategy has four key elements.

Evolve our strong Cloud telephony position into the 
Unified Communications as a Service (“UCaaS”) market
We focus on the UCaaS market in the UK and Europe 
and this is expected to grow by 12% annually over the 
coming five years.

We continue to execute well in the UK and are one of 
the market leaders in both our core products of SIP and 
Cloud PBX. In SIP Trunking we have now increased our 
market share to 31% in the UK. In Cloud PBX, we have 
increased the number of seats from 435,000 to 
522,000 which makes us the second in the market in 
the UK with a share of 11%.

As a first stage in building a broader UCaaS proposition, 
we launched a suite of Collaboration services in the first 
half of 2019. Gamma Collaborate launched as a fully 
integrated bolt-on to our market leading Horizon 
product and now has 9,000 users. We have also 
launched a new integrated Gamma call recording 
service and a Subscription Management Service, which 
allows partners to better manage their estate of seats 
on the platform.

In November we bought Telsis for £4.3m which brings 
additional development capability which will allow us to 
launch a fully integrated contact centre module into our 
UCaaS suite later in 2020.

In the Netherlands we have increased our number of Cloud 
seats to 22,000. We have made a binding offer for Voz 
Telecom in Spain which (if accepted by the shareholders) 
will give us 40,000 Cloud PBX seats in the Spanish market.

By growing our base of SIP and Cloud customers and 
developing new integrated modules we are able to 
upsell into our existing base as well as selling to end 
users who require more functionality.

Where enterprise customers require the functionality of 
Microsoft Teams, we have now launched a variant of our 
SIP product which is technically better suited to Teams 
and which has commercial wrap which will enable partners 
to sell SIP more easily alongside Teams. We also acquired 
Exactive in February 2020 which gives us the capability to 
deploy Teams into customers who require this solution.

Our strategy builds on Gamma’s strong 
foundations and focuses on delivering  
long-term sustainable growth from a  
position of expertise and strength across  
our core products and markets.

Build on our Fixed and Mobile Telecom strength to 
differentiate our proposition from pure “Over the 
Top” players (OTTs)
As part of our detailed analysis of the marketplace and 
our long term strategy development during the year, 
we reinforced our view that being able to offer a fully 
integrated suite of connectivity products will be a key 
differentiator for us from other Cloud PBX providers 
who only offer an “over the top” software solution.

We continue to offer data access services (Broadband 
and Ethernet) in the UK and we ended the year with 
111,000 Broadband circuits and 13,900 Ethernet circuits. 

The Business focused Data services market is 
undergoing a change, driven by the investment in fibre 
services from the current large players, BT and TalkTalk, 
and new infrastructure providers such as CityFibre. 
This is effectively developing a model where services 
such as Fibre to the Premises (“FTTP”) and Fibre to 
the Cabinet (“FTTC”) can provide high bandwidth 
broadband services at a cost-effective price that 
will meet the requirements of the majority of SME 
businesses. Ethernet services will be used to support 
larger SME / Midmarket customers and they will move 
to higher bandwidth services which Ethernet offers to 
future proof their requirements. Gamma continues to 
work with BT, TalkTalk and other suppliers to ensure 
that we can offer a full suite of high bandwidth services 
to customers as the market evolves.

13

Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial reportSupplementary informationChief Executive Officer’s statement continued

Some users will access our service over mobile data links 
(either in addition to or instead of fixed fibre). In the UK we 
have an agreement with Three UK and started a project 
to move to a new platform which will give customers 
increased functionality (for example 5G) but at a reduced 
cost to Gamma. We expect the new service to go live in 
early 2021 and for cost savings to be recognised 
towards the end of 2021.

In the Netherlands, we signed a long-term strategic 
partnership with T-Systems in December 2018 which 
has enabled us to strengthen our proposition and 
market position with both our direct customers and 
indirect channel partners. In the course of the first year 
we have added 7,000 mobile users.

Expand to Europe to gain continued  
growth and scale
We were disappointed with the performance of our 
Dutch business in the first half of 2019 as the 
announcement by the incumbent of the imminent 
closure of ISDN as a product resulted in revenues falling 
more rapidly than expected in this legacy part of the 
business. However, performance was better in the 
second half and our largest Dutch business (Dean One) 
continues to increase its Cloud seats and Mobile 
connections. Throughout 2019, we focused on 
strengthening both our product and partner 
proposition across the Dutch market. In order to 
provide additional scale and capability, we also 
acquired Nimsys in February 2019, which has 
performed particularly well, and we are also happy with 
the performance of Schiphol Connect.

As highlighted previously, we have made an offer to 
acquire Voz Telecom, which is the fourth largest Cloud 
PBX business in Spain (after the established telecoms 
providers such as the Mobile Network Operators 
“MNOs”). The acquisition of Voz Telecom will provide us 
with an important foundation within a key cloud growth 
market, which represents a key part of our European 
expansion strategy. Voz Telecom supplies c40,000 Cloud 
PBX seats which equates to a market share of c5%.

With an overall market size of c18m PBX seats (slightly 
smaller than the UK market) and a cloud penetration of 
only c5%, the Spanish market for Cloud PBX is forecast 
to grow rapidly in the future.

We continue to monitor and assess other acquisition 
opportunities in both the Dutch and Spanish markets, 
which will complement and strengthen our position in 
both countries. In addition, and as part of our stated 
strategy, we continue to assess acquisition opportunities 
in both the German and French markets, both of which 
are characterised with low cloud penetration levels and 
significant future growth potential. 

We do not expect Brexit to affect our plans for 
expansion or, indeed, to have a materially detrimental 
effect on the existing business.

Continue to build on our digital capabilities to 
assure agility and sustain competitiveness
We continue to invest in key programmes which will enable 
our digital transformation. 

Our strategic aim is to build a digital platform that will 
enable us to manage our business and to serve our 
customers more effectively and efficiently. The first 
objective is to scale and grow economically by taking as 
many manual processes out of our back-office systems. 

14

We continued our expansion into Europe  
with Nimsys in the Netherlands and 
strengthened our UCaaS suite with  
the acquisition of Telsis.

Gamma Communications plcThe second objective is to maintain our position of 
being easy to do business with. We will build systems 
which will allow partners and end users to self order, 
provision and serve.

In 2019 we deployed Release 1 of the “Gamma Hub”, our 
whole business digital platform that will underpin the 
continued rapid growth of our direct business. Release 
1 is the foundation stage of a four-year programme that 
will transform us into a digital-first organisation and 
assure agility and sustain competitiveness through 
intelligent automation and customer self-serve. 

In this release, we delivered a single customer support 
and ticketing platform supporting direct customers 
across all our market segments, and all our products 
and services, with a rich engagement and support tool 
allowing us to create deeper more meaningful 
relationships with each and every customer. In this 
release we also deployed a new customer CRM with 
market-leading sales and marketing automation 
allowing us to track, nurture and develop opportunities 
and customers, from our very first engagement, 
through to in-life support.

In 2020 we will be implementing Release 2, which will 
start to transform our customer delivery and service 
management processes creating one seamless and 
‘digitally connected’ experience across the whole 
customer lifecycle. As part of this phase, we will  
be streamlining our operating model to lay the 
foundations for delivering a consistent, high quality  
yet tailored service experience at scale across all  
our customer segments.

People and diversity
During 2019, we surveyed our staff to understand the 
values which underpin Gamma as an organisation.  
We were delighted with the level of engagement  
and response from our staff, and that a number  
of common themes emerged across all groups of 
staff at all locations. We have distilled all of these 
contributions to agree Gamma’s core Values:

Our values

•  Aim high

•  Think differently

•  Consider others

•  Stronger together

These values were launched in early 2020 as part of a 
companywide values program, which included a full 
brand refresh and the launch of our new Gamma 
websites. We also introduced a new company strapline 
“Working Smarter, Together” which seeks to sum up 
our aspirations as a business. In addition to this, we also 
refurbished our offices across Gamma with a particular 
focus on our Manchester and Glasgow offices.

Vision
Empower people to communicate and work  
smarter, together.

Mission
To provide straightforward Cloud Communications 
services for business, underpinned by a robust, 
secure network.

Environmental considerations
We take our responsibilities to the wider environment 
seriously. As a business which is based on multiple 
sites, we encourage our people not to travel but rather 
to use our own collaborative communications tools 
which both reduces our carbon emissions and 
promotes employee wellbeing. One of our core values 
is “Consider Others” and as part of this we aim to 
reduce waste and to reduce our carbon footprint. We 
are conscious of our power consumption and seek to 
buy capital equipment which uses less power than the 
legacy items it replaces. 

We are committed to social  
responsibility and embed this  
into our policies and practices.

Summary and outlook
I continue to be very pleased with the execution of both 
our short-term business objectives and our longer-term 
2023 strategy, which we outlined during January 2019 
– the business is in good shape and our outlook is 
positive. We have a robust business model with a high 
level of recurring revenue and margin, and we continue 
to stay focused on developing the products and services 
which enable our customers and our channel partners to 
be successful and win market share in their respective 
markets. We continue to see competition across all core 
market segments, including the UCaaS, data and mobile 
product areas, where we believe we will see continued 
price pressure. However, the quality and competitiveness 
of our products and the strength of our direct and 
indirect channel businesses provides confidence that 
we will continue to execute against our commitments. 

Throughout 2020 we will build on each of our  
strategic pillars:

• 

In UCaaS we will strengthen our partner and 
end-customer proposition through the launch our 
fully integrated cloud contact centre module and 
continue to develop the roadmap for our UCaaS 
product suite.

•  We will work with our strategic partners to deliver 
quality access technologies (ethernet, broadband 
and mobile) at competitive prices

•  We will continue to build our business in the 

Netherlands and continue to look for additional 
opportunities to further develop our business across 
continental Europe.

•  We will develop our portals internally and externally 

to give our customers and staff the best digital 
experience within our industry. 

As a final point, I would like to personally thank our staff, 
partners and customers for their contribution and 
ongoing support. Our performance during 2019 has 
been strong, and we remain optimistic about Gamma’s 
future growth prospects.

The Chairman's statement provides our current 
assessment of the impact of Covid-19 on our  
future performance. 

Working smarter, together.

Andrew Taylor
Chief Executive Officer

15

Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial reportSupplementary information 
Our strategy

A strategy driven by  
an engaging culture

Cloud Telephony and UCaaS

Our focus
Having established market leading positions 
in both the SIP and Hosted PBX markets, our 
focus is to build on that position and take 
advantage of the emerging Unified 
Communications as a Service market. This 
requires us to add both team collaboration 
(Instant messaging, Video conferencing, 
Screen Share) and Multi-Channel customer 
contact products and services. In both cases 
these need to be integrated with our core 
Hosted PBX and SIP offerings, underpinned by 
our fixed and mobile network solutions.

Achievement
In April 2019 we launched our first full UCaaS 
service called Collaborate, which is integrated 
to our Horizon hosted PBX product. This 
service provides Horizon users the ability to 
set up conference calls, supported by video 
and screen share capabilities. In November 
we acquired Telsis which provides us with 
development capabilities required to build 
and support Multi-Channel customer contact 
services for the SME market. 

Our focus
In anticipation of the forecasted market shift 
from low end Ethernet to high speed 
Broadband our focus is on strengthening our 
Broadband proposition and adding value into 
these services. At the same time, we have to 
assure we are competitive in high speed 
Ethernet services. Whilst the mobile market is 
relatively flat, we anticipate significant 
disruption through the launch of 5G services 
and ‘Unlimited’ data bundles. This reinforces 
our decision in 2018 to move to a light MVNO 
model with an appropriate partnership model 
that allowed us to exploit this disruption.

Achievement
In November 2019 we announced the 
partnership agreement with Three UK that 
supports a smooth transition from our current 
operating model onto their 5G-ready network. 
Work is well underway to provide the 
technologies to effect this transition and 
establish the new operating model.

Future Priorities
Our priority for 2020 is to launch a Multi-Channel 
contact centre solution integrated with our 
Horizon platform targeted at the SME market. 
We are also building on our development 
capabilities to assure a strong product roadmap 
for our UCaaS product portfolio.

Relevant KPIs: 

Associated risks: 

2   8

5    6    7

Future Priorities
Our priority in 2020 is to complete the 
implementation of the new operating model 
with Three and have commenced the 
migration of customers to the new platform. 
It should be noted that this is largely a 
background system process with minimal 
customer disruption.

We are looking to enhance our Broadband 
proposition during 2020 whilst assuring we are 
competitive for the provision of Ethernet 
services.

Relevant KPIs: 

Associated risks: 

2   5   8  

5    8

Evolve our strong 
Cloud telephony 
position into the 
UCaaS market

Fixed and Mobile Telecom

Build on our Fixed 
and Mobile 
Telecom strength 
to differentiate our
proposition from 
pure OTTs

16

Gamma Communications plcKey to KPIs
1  Revenue

2  Gross profit

3  Gross profit margin

4  EBITDA

5  Cash

6  Cash generated by operations

7  EPS

8  Adjusted EPS

KPIs 
See pages 18-21 

Key to risks
1  Information and cyber security

2   Operational – Unplanned  

service disruption

3  Customer service experience

4  Supplier

5  Market landscape

6  Legal and regulatory

7  Our people

8  M&A and climate change

Risks 
See pages 22-27

Future priorities
We are focused on continuing to identify 
potential new acquisitions and conclude deals 
in the primary markets we are interested in. 

Relevant KPIs: 

Associated risks: 

2   5   6   8

5    7   8

Our focus
There are a number of large European markets 
where the adoption of Cloud communications 
services is at a much lower level of penetration 
than the UK. Whilst each country will have its 
own unique reasons for this, we believe that 
the advent of UCaaS and the shift to desktop 
and mobile applications for communication in 
all forms, will be a new and disruptive driver for 
the adoption of Cloud-based services. Our 
focus is to gain a position in relevant markets 
through acquisition and leverage of our UK 
experience to gain significant market share 
through organic and inorganic growth.

Achievement
Following the acquisition of the DX Groep 
in the Netherlands in 2018 we subsequently 
acquired Nimsys in February 2019. We also 
initiated a structured process to identify 
and prioritise potential acquisitions in three 
other markets.

Our focus
To ensure that we have straightforward sales, 
service management and product user 
interfaces which align with customer 
expectations and differentiate our overall 
proposition, whilst at the same time 
allowing us to optimise our operating 
model and grow efficiently.

Achievement
In March 2019 we launched a new Digital 
platform for our Direct business that supports 
the ordering and support of our services.

Future priorities
As we evolve our UCaaS products and services 
we are placing particular emphasis on building 
the appropriate design and development 
capability to assure these services have 
the most effective user experience for both 
channel partners and users of our services. 
We will continue to build out our digital 
platform for our Direct business enabling us to 
scale effectively and align with our customers' 
service management requirements.

Relevant KPIs: 

Associated risks: 

1   3   6   7

2    5

Company Expansion

Expand into 
Europe to gain 
continued growth 
and scale

Digital Progression

Continue to build 
on our digital 
capabilities to  
assure agility  
and sustain 
competitiveness

17

Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial reportSupplementary informationOur Key performance indicators

Key performance indicators

The assessment of our KPIs, their link to our strategy, movement 
in the year and their progression is described in the table below.

Revenue (£m)
£328.9m

Gross profit (£m)
£166.5m

.

0
2
4
2

.

9
8
2
3

.

9
4
8
2

Definition
Revenue from sales made to all customers 
(excluding intra-group sales which eliminate 
on consolidation).

Progress
Revenue has grown by 15% year on year as a 
result of strong growth in our key products in 
the UK of SIP Trunking (units increased by 
19%) and Cloud PBC (units increased by 20%).

.

5
6
6
1

Definition
Revenue less cost of sales. 

.

2
2
3
1

.

7
8
0
1

Progress
Gross profit has continued to grow as a 
result of increased revenue and efficiencies 
achieved as a result of building our digital 
capabilities such as the new Digital platform 
for the direct business that supports 
ordering and support of our services. 

Outlook
Growth.

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

Outlook
Growth.

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

EBITDA (£m)
£62.6m

.

6
2
6

.

3
8
4

.

0
6
3

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

Definition
Earnings before interest, taxation, 
depreciation, gains and losses on disposal 
of fixed assets and amortisation, but after 
exceptional items.

Progress
Exceptional items related to contingent 
consideration adjustment for Nimsys which 
is performing above original estimates.

Outlook
Continued growth.

Gross margin (%)
50.6%

Definition
Gross profit as a percentage of revenue.

Progress
Revenue has grown by a larger amount than 
cost of sales.

Outlook
Continued growth but expected to slow as 
the product mix of strategic and enabling 
versus traditional tends to an equilibrium.

.

6
0
  5
4
6
4

.

.

9
4
4

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

18

Gamma Communications plc 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash (£m)
£53.9m

Cash generated by operations (£m)
£54.0m

.

9
3
5

Definition
Cash and cash equivalents held at the end 
of the year.

.

0
4
5

Definition
Net cash flows from operating activities 
before tax. 

.

5
5
  3
6
1
3

.

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

EPS (p)
36.1p

.

1
6
3

.

0
0
3

.

0
4
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

Progress
Gamma continues to maintain a high  
cash level while exploring opportunities  
for expansion. 

Outlook
The Group intends to maintain a cash 
balance at this level subject to any 
acquisition opportunities that may arise. 

.

6
0
4

.

9
9
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

Progress
Operational cash flow has continued to 
increase.

Outlook
Expected to grow in line with EBITDA – cash 
conversion is expected to remain strong. 

Adjusted EPS (p)
40.8p

Definition
Earnings after tax divided by the fully diluted 
number of shares.

.

8
0
4

Definition
Adjusted earnings after tax divided by the 
fully diluted number of shares.

Progress
The increase in earnings is as a result of 
increased revenue and greater efficiencies 
in margin.

.

3
0
3

.

1
3
2

Outlook
Expected to grow in the absence of any 
unforeseen events.

Progress
Adjustments to earnings include in the 
current year amortisation arising on 
business compensation, exceptional and 
related tax benefits. 

Outlook
Continued growth.

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

19

Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial reportSupplementary information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our Key performance indicators continued

Performance metrics

The assessment of our KPIs, their link to our strategy, movement  
in the year and their progression is described in the table below.

Number of hosted 
seats (‘000s) 
522

Number of SIP  
channels (‘000s)
1,016

Definition
Number of billed seats at the end of the year 
on all of the Cloud PBX products. 

Progress
We have achieved growth from prior year  
as planned.

0
8
6

6
1
0
1

,

6
5
8

Definition
Number of billed SIP channels at the end of 
the year.

Progress
We have continued to grow our number of 
SIP channels during the year

Outlook
Continued growth.

Outlook
Continued growth.

2
2
5

5
3
4

1
3
3

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

R&D  
spend (£m)
£11.3m 

.

3
1
1

.

0
0
1

4
9

.

Definition
The sum of research costs expensed through 
the statement of comprehensive income and 
capital expenditure on development costs in 
intangibles during the year. 

Progress
We have continued to invest in research  
and development.

Outlook
Continued investment. 

Network  
availability (%)
99.997%

7
9
9
9
9

.

7
9
9
9
9

.

7
9
9
9
9

.

Definition
Availability of strategic platforms.

Progress
The network has continued to have strong 
availability throughout the year. 

Outlook
Similar.

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

20

Gamma Communications plc 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Direct customer  
profile
199

Definition
Number of direct customers generating 
monthly revenues of above £5,000 at the 
end of the year.  

Progress
We have increased the number of direct 
customers generating monthly revenue of 
above £5,000. 

Outlook
Continued growth. 

9
9
1

6
7
  1
9
5
1

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

Indirect strategic and enabling 
as a percentage of total revenue (%)
56.8%

.

1
7
5

.

8
6
5

.

5
5
5

Definition
Revenue from strategic products (Inbound, 
SIP Trunking and Cloud PBX) and enabling 
products (Ethernet, Broadband and Mobile) 
within the indirect business (the main 
revenue segment) as a percentage of total 
revenue. 

Progress
Overall revenue has grown; we have grown 
our key products in the UK of SIP Trunking 
by 19%. 

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

Outlook
Growth.

Net Promoter Score  
Direct (%)
41%

Net Promoter Score 
Indirect (%)
40%

1
4

1
4

0
4

Definition
The Net Promoter Score of a random 
selection of direct customers measured 
quarterly and averaged over the year. 

Progress
We continued to maintain a score above 
40%, which is considered a “good” score. 

Outlook
Similar.

5
4

3
4

0
4

Definition
The Net Promoter Score of a random 
selection of indirect customers measured 
quarterly and average over the year.

Progress
We continued to maintain a score above 
40%, which is considered a “good” score.

Outlook
Similar.

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

21

Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial reportSupplementary information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk management

Understanding the risks  
that affect the Group

This section describes 
the principal risks that 
could have a material 
adverse impact on the 
Group and how those 
risks are identified, 
evaluated and managed.

Risk management framework

Group Risk Committee

Data Protection Committee

Executive Directors

Risk Management Process

Identification

Evaluation

Monitoring

Mitigation

Risk Champions

How we manage risk
Gamma operates a robust and well-established 
structure for the management of risk in each area of 
its business. This process includes the identification, 
evaluation and scoring of risks based on the likelihood 
of occurrence, the potential impact, and the adequacy 
of the mitigation or control actions in place. Each 
generic area of risk has clearly assigned accountability 
within the senior leadership team with reporting lines 
to the CEO and ultimately the Board. 

A risk register is maintained which includes all identified 
risks, their scores, prioritisation and the status of 
existing controls and mitigations and further actions in 
progress. Risk management happens at multiple levels 
within the organisation, supported through a network  
of nominated people we call ‘Risk Champions’. These 
people are actively encouraged to identify and assess 
risk across the business and this structure, coupled 
with the ‘top-down’ governance enables a business-
wide approach to the way the Company manages  
risk. In this way, a culture of risk awareness and risk 
management is embedded throughout the organisation.

22

Gamma Communications plcOur risk governance
The Board has overall responsibility for the 
establishment and oversight of the Group’s risk 
management framework, for ensuring that an 
appropriate risk management culture exists within  
the organisation, and for ensuring the effective 
identification, assessment and management of 
individual risks.

In order to assist in this process, with respect to 
non-financial risk, the Board has established a Group 
Risk Committee under the Chairmanship of Martin Lea, 
Independent Non-Executive Director. In addition  
to its Chairman, the Risk Committee comprises the 
Company’s Chairman, two independent Non-Executive 
Directors, the CEO and the Group Operations Director. 
It generally meets quarterly or as otherwise required. 
The main tasks of the Risk Committee are to:

• 

• 

• 

 ensure the Company has an appropriate and 
effective risk management and control system; 

 ensure that there is a system in place for scanning 
the environment for new risks; and

 determine the nature and extent of the principal  
risks and agree with management how they will be 
managed or mitigated.

Reporting to the CEO and ultimately the Board, the 
senior leadership team provides executive level 
governance of the risk management framework and the 
associated prioritisation of risk mitigation activities. In 
addition to this, a subset of the senior leadership team 
forms a ‘Data Protection Committee’ with a specific 
focus on risks related to information security and 
obligations under the GDPR. This committee meets 
quarterly to assess the current and future risk profile 
associated with our strategy and other external factors.

Gamma utilises certified frameworks for the 
management of risk related to information security 
(ISO 27001), business continuity (ISO 22301) and 
environmental management (ISO 14001).

Gamma has a series of policies regarding anti-
corruption/anti-bribery, human rights and wider 
environmental and social matters; but the Board does 
not consider there to be significant risks in these areas. 
There is also a whistleblowing policy in place.

The risk management process
Within the Risk Management Governance Framework, 
Gamma has a well-established process for managing 
risk. The process follows four simple steps.

• 

• 

• 

• 

	Identification – Risks can be identified at every level 
within the organisation and simple online templates 
are available with supporting guidelines.

 Evaluation – Enables the initial potential impact 
assessment, the likelihood and proximity and 
subsequent priority of a risk.

 Monitoring – Ongoing review and re-evaluation of a 
risk, with the frequency determined by the relative 
impact, likelihood and proximity.

 Mitigation – Risk owners are assigned and action 
plans developed and implemented. Robust risk 
mitigation strategies are subject to regular and 
rigorous review.

The Risk Committee undertakes a quarterly review 
of the risk register and in particular the number and 
status of the principal risks and progress with the 
implementation of any mitigation plans. In addition, the 
Committee receives reports on any material incidents, 
their root causes and mitigating actions; the results of 
regular cyber security related testing; and updates from 
the Chief Information Security Officer and other 
members of the senior leadership team.

Risk appetite
The Company’s risk appetite is reflected in the way 
it assesses, scores, ranks and then manages 
individual risks.

As a service provider which provides mission critical 
services to business customers, the Company has a 
very low risk appetite for anything that could severely 
disrupt the level and quality of service provided to its 
customers, or that could give rise to regulatory or legal 
risks or that could result in a material level of 
reputational risk.

As a commercial organisation the Company 
understands that it must accept and then manage 
certain levels of risk associated with planned growth. 
This primarily means accepting the inherent risks in 
taking on large commercial contracts, moving into 
non-UK geographic territories, making acquisitions and 
continuing to develop and introduce new products. As 
the Company continues to build its experience and that 
of its people, then the level of risk associated with any 
particular growth initiative will naturally reduce. 

23

Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial reportSupplementary informationOur principal risks

Our principal risks and  
how we mitigate them

The assessment of our principal areas of risk, their link 
to our strategy, movement in the year and how we seek 
to mitigate them are described in the table below.

Information and  
cyber security

Risk impact:  

High

Change on prior year 

Relevant strategy: 

1   3   4

Description
By its very nature, our network infrastructure 
provides customers with open access to the 
internet and global voice networks. As such 
there is a risk from cyber threat and telephony 
fraud, as well as to the physical infrastructure. 
Over the last few years the profile around 
cyber security has changed significantly, 
including the introduction of GDPR regulation 
and its associated controls. 

Potential impact
A breach of security could have a significant 
impact on the Group’s reputation and in some 
cases also impact its commercial position. 
Potential fines could also be enforced if the 
Company was found to be in breach of its 
obligations relating to the GDPR.

Mitigating actions
Gamma continues to adapt its governance structure to 
ensure best practice is followed in the identification and 
management of information and cyber security risks. 
This includes: increased frequency and broadened 
scope of both routine and bespoke penetration testing; 
mandated cyber security training for all our employees; 
dedicated security roles to track how cyber threats are 
evolving and are best detected; and Board visibility of 
the ‘health’ of the governance structure.

The Company is represented in various Industry forums 
to ensure we are fully aware of new areas of risk, 
methods employed by malicious actors and best 
practice in the identification and mitigation of risk.

The Company’s fraud management applications aim to 
identify unusual voice traffic patterns quickly and we 
have a 24/7 operational capability to then assess and 
mitigate the risk.

Gamma’s core infrastructure and operating capability is 
certified under ISO 27001 for security. 

In response to the changing profile of information and 
cyber security risk the Company has recently adapted 
its governance structure to include a ‘Data Protection 
Committee’ which provides senior leadership team 
oversight of the principal risks in this area.

Unplanned service 
disruption

Risk impact:  

High

Change on prior year 

Relevant strategy: 

1   2   4  

Description
Reliable, high-quality voice and data services 
are critical to any business and are the core 
components of Gamma’s products and 
strategy. Therefore, maintaining very high 
levels of service availability is central to its 
credibility, competitive positioning, and its 
financial performance. This is particularly so 
as it serves the business market.

Mitigating actions
Gamma operates a comprehensive operational 
governance framework to manage the availability and 
performance of its services. This includes the design and 
architecture of the network, product platforms, capacity 
planning, change management, security, and business 
continuity planning and rehearsals, incident management 
and monitoring. This structure is subject to external audit 
via our ISO 27001, ISO 22301 and ND 1643 certifications. 

Potential impact
If Gamma’s network and systems perform 
below the market expectations then this could 
have a direct impact on product and revenue 
growth through reputational impact and could 
also result in increased operating costs.

There is a mature Incident Management process that is 
rehearsed on a regular basis. This capability is available 
24x7x365 and ensures that we can immediately 
respond to events that may impact the performance of 
the services we provide to our customers.

The Company has established an Emergency 
Communications Committee as part of the 
communications process which is initiated during any 
major service incident. This committee ensures that 
the Company maintains effective communication both 
internally and externally with customers, suppliers and 
where necessary the media and regulatory bodies (the 
latter supported by specialist agencies). This process is 
rehearsed at least once a year.

24

Gamma Communications plc 
 
 
Key to change in risk profile

   Risk profile increase year on year

  Risk profile no change year on year

  Risk profile decrease year on year

Key to strategy
1   Cloud Telephony and UCaaS  

Evolve our strong Cloud telephony position into 
the UCaaS market

2   Fixed and Mobile Telecom 

Build on our Fixed and Mobile Telecom strength  
to differentiate our proposition from pure OTTs

3   Company Expansion 

Expand into Europe to gain continued growth  
and scale

4   Digital progression 

Continue to build on our digital capabilities  
to assure agility and sustain competitiveness 

Our strategy 
See pages 16-17 

Risks 
See pages 22-27

Customer Service 
Experience

Risk impact:  

High

Change on prior year 

Relevant strategy: 

1   2  

Supplier

Risk impact:  

Moderate

Change on prior year 

Relevant strategy: 

  2   3  

Description
Communications services are critical to 
business customers. Maintaining an 
exceptionally high-quality overarching 
customer service experience is critical to 
Gamma’s reputation, competitive position and 
ongoing financial success. This includes as 
examples: the ability for our channel partners 
and direct customers to easily place orders; to 
activate services on time; and to be able to 
access effective administrative or technical 
support quickly and easily, with all aspects 
increasingly taking advantage of the available 
digital platforms and user interfaces.

Potential impact
Delivering poor customer service has two 
potential impacts: firstly, on the Company’s 
ability to sustain and grow revenues; and 
secondly, dealing with failure increases the 
costs of the support operation.

Description
The business relies on a number of key 
suppliers to provide elements of its products 
and services. For example, access circuits 
purchase from other operators to connect to 
customer premises, and equipment from 
various hardware and software suppliers that 
facilitate the provision of Gamma’s services.

Potential impact
Failure of one of these suppliers to perform may 
have an impact on our ability to deliver products 
and services within the UK and European markets.

The risk profile has increased year on year, due 
to the strategic plans to expand into Europe. 
Through this expansion, there is a high 
likelihood that the number of key suppliers will 
increase to grow within new geographies. 

Mitigating actions
Gamma has a comprehensive service development 
strategy that captures customer feedback and seeks to 
best align the support interfaces (system and human) 
with the needs of customers. This strategy delivers 
tools to put customers in control, digital training 
material and specific customer service training for 
customer support teams. The objective is to eliminate 
any cause of frustration and ensure any customer 
interaction is as straightforward as possible.

In terms of governance, there is a monthly Operational 
Review chaired by the Chief Strategy and Operating 
Officer that reviews performance across all parts of the 
business. This forum has its own action register to track 
through any improvements highlighted.

Mitigating actions
Where possible, the business avoids reliance upon a 
single supplier for a particular element of its service 
proposition and governance is in place to ensure key 
supplier contracts have appropriate clauses in place to 
assure their performance. Suppliers of important 
services are monitored carefully and are subject to 
regular operational reviews which include adherence to 
Gamma’s information security requirements and 
broader service KPIs. The Risk Committee reviews the 
most significant risks and the status of related 
mitigation projects quarterly.

25

Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial reportSupplementary information 
 
Our principal risks continued

Mitigating actions
We aim to provide products and supporting services 
which are more attractive to our customers than those 
of our competitors. The planning, development and 
marketing of products and customer service that 
Gamma provides are closely aligned to the evolution of 
market demand and of relevant technologies.

The Company periodically undertakes a major strategy 
review, across products, new and current markets and 
geographies, the overarching objective of which is to 
ensure we remain competitive in our key markets and to 
identify new opportunities for further growth in terms of 
markets, products and service experience.

Potential impact
The primary potential impact of new decisions would be 
changes to buy and sell prices for products and the 
processes Gamma uses for some transactions e.g. when 
customers switch providers. Should these activities be 
found to be in breach of the requirements of our General 
Authorisation, the primary impact would be the cost of 
negative publicity and any financial penalty levied.

Mitigating actions
Gamma mitigates this risk by continuing to monitor 
likely legislative or regulatory changes; assessing their 
risk and potential impact, and regularly engaging with 
regulators as appropriate.

Mitigating actions
We have a well-established team and a reputation for 
being a good employer. For example, in 2019, Gamma 
came 87th in the ‘The Sunday Times Top 100 Best 
Companies to Work For’ ranking. This process involved 
a comprehensive staff survey, the feedback from which 
is actively reviewed and addressed by the senior 
management team. The Company is also committed to 
the People Agenda, with focus on development and 
leadership programmes, succession planning as well as 
effective employee engagement initiatives. 
Furthermore, we have a collaborative culture and a 
well-defined set of people-oriented values that help to 
make us an attractive employer.

Mitigating actions
In order to reduce the risks associated with 
acquisitions: pre-purchase, Gamma applies adequate 
specialist resource to due diligence, negotiation, and 
contractual preparation; post-purchase, adequate 
resource is applied to integration and strategic 
direction of the acquired business; and brings it under 
the main governance control processes.

Description
New entrants or existing service providers 
could extend or improve their product capability 
to compete directly with Gamma’s products and 
services. The communications market is 
constantly evolving both in terms of the 
available technologies and also in terms of how 
people prefer to purchase certain products.

Potential impact
Growing competition may dilute the addressable 
market, and slow down the rate of growth. If the 
Company does not at least keep pace with the 
evolving market then our plans for revenue 
growth may be negatively impacted.

Description
The UK’s telecommunications sector does not 
have a ‘licence’ requirement; it operates under 
a General Authorisation regime whereby, in 
combination with relevant UK and European 
statute, the sector’s regulator outlines the 
required compliance which is presumed from 
telecommunications companies such as 
Gamma. Our activities can be impacted by the 
decisions of relevant legislative, regulatory or 
judicial bodies both domestically and in the 
European Union.

Description
The business has grown rapidly over the last few 
years, and so far has experienced low staff 
turnover, and generally has been able to develop 
or recruit the number and quality of staff 
required to support our strategic development. 

There is a risk to continued growth, product 
portfolio expansion, and entry into new markets, 
if the business cannot attract, develop, and retain 
people of the required skill and experience.

Potential impact
Loss of key individuals or an inability to recruit 
the required quantity or quality of people could 
have an impact on the future growth of the 
business or the quality of services provided.

Description
Acquisition of new businesses, particularly 
those in different countries introduces both 
financial and operational risk. These can arise, 
for instance, through incomplete due 
diligence, management distraction, failure of 
acquired businesses to deliver to their 
forecasts, misunderstandings due to differing 
languages and cultures.

Potential impact
These could include: failure to achieve 
expected financial performance; operational 
problems which could create reputational 
damage; distraction of management so 
opportunities are lost in the existing business.

Market landscape

Risk impact:  

Moderate

Change on prior year 

Relevant strategy: 

1   2

Legal and regulatory

Risk impact:  

Change on prior year 

Relevant strategy: 

Low

  2   3

Our people

Risk impact:  

Low

Change on prior year 

Relevant strategy: 

1   2   3   4

M&A

Risk impact:  

Moderate

Change on prior year 

Relevant strategy: 

  3

26

Gamma Communications plc 
 
 
Mitigating actions
Gamma already has business continuity plans in 
accordance with ISO 22301. For instance, Gamma has 
provided laptops to all staff with a secure connection to 
the corporate network. Internal systems such as email, 
network monitoring and customer support tools are 
available to staff when working remotely. Weather 
forecasts are monitored closely and in the event of 
extreme weather, communications procedures are 
initiated to notify all staff. Gamma has also installed 
back-up generators at key network and customer 
support sites to mitigate the risk of power cuts.

Climate Change

Risk impact:  

Low

Change on prior year 

Relevant strategy: 

n/a

Description
Climate change has both immediate effects 
and progressive, long-term effects on the risk 
profile of businesses. Short-term effects 
include the increasing frequency of extreme 
weather events (wind/rain/flood); they may 
include step changes in costs (taxation on 
emissions); and will mean that certain sectors 
of industry find their business models difficult 
to sustain.

Potential impact
The impact of climate change risks on Gamma 
is assessed as low. Extreme weather risks are 
mitigated via existing resilience plans. 
Gamma’s energy costs are a small proportion 
of its costs and likely regulatory interventions 
are seen as manageable. The progressive 
effects on certain industry sectors are not 
expected to have a material negative effect 
given the diverse nature of Gamma’s customer 
base. In fact, overall climate change is believed 
to be an opportunity for Gamma since its 
products will help customers avoid travel.

Transitory risks

The following are viewed as transitory risks which carry a potential impact to the business as opposed 
to permanent risk features, and as such not included in the main table, however Gamma believe they 
are important to comment upon.

Covid-19

Brexit

The Covid-19 virus has had an impact  
on economic activity.

The impact could include delays and 
suspension of hardware supply chain  
(certain computer or telephone hardware  
is supplied to customers as part of certain 
product packages). Suspension of the 
hardware supply chain would limit new sales of 
these packages, but would not affect Gamma’s 
ability to provide communications services to 
existing customers.

If a major outbreak occurred in the UK: staff may be 
required to self-quarantine at home; staff may be lost  
or become sick for extended periods; and volumes of 
new sales may be restricted because Gamma staff and 
its resellers’ staff are unable to meet customer staff.

Gamma is certified to the ISO 22301 business 
continuity standard and as such the business is fully 
prepared for site closures and remote working should 
this be required and as such Gamma views the risk of 
any disruption to customer services as minimal. 
Gamma is also working closely with technology 
partners to assure continuity of hardware supply 
across our products and services.

Gamma’s main exposure is to the possible 
reduction in overall UK economic activity.  
In 2019, extra hardware stock (for supply to 
customers with certain product packages) 
was acquired ahead of the anticipated ‘hard 
Brexit’ dates.

The risk impact included in the above tables are described as if no mitigating actions are taken.

27

Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial reportSupplementary information 
 
Business review

Connected 
communication 
solutions

We supply a broad range of simplified communications and software 
services to small, medium and large sized business customers,  
both through our large network of channel partners and direct.

UK Indirect 
Our primary route to market, the channel, is at the heart of what we 
do. Providing services to channel partners, with the partner owning 
the end customer contract and the relationship.

UK Direct
Gamma supports a number of direct customer relationships, 
focusing on customers where they are looking for a contract with 
the network operator. The UK Direct business supports the 
requirements of Enterprises, Mid Markets and Public Sector 
organisations.

Overseas
This division consists of sales made in the Netherlands, by DX 
Groep B. V. and its subsidiary companies. We provide services to 
both channel partners and directly to the end customer. 

Proportion of sales

70%

25%

5%

28

Gamma Communications plcRevenue: 

£230.1m 
+9.3%

UK Indirect 

In 2019 Gamma’s indirect business has shown robust 
growth in margin, units, and market share for key service 
areas of Cloud PBX, SIP Trunking, and Connectivity. 
Revenue increased by 9% to £230.1m in 2019, and gross 
profit rose to £119.1m in 2019, an increase of 22%. 
Gamma remains well placed in a competitive market as 
our revenue and costs are spread across a spectrum of 
services, not just connectivity. This approach means 
re-sign rates remain high, and churn is stable across 
both Ethernet and Broadband, while creative pricing 
has driven gross adds.

Our partners are beginning to provide greater 
integration of these services for their end users, and 
this will continue in 2020. Gamma is uniquely positioned 
to provide some of these integrations ready-made, with 
access to APIs across the product set where modular 
consumption is preferred. 

The Gamma Portal continues to be a key differentiator, 
making us first choice within our partner community 
due to the high level of control and ownership it 
provides. We have expanded the content and capability 
of our eLearning (“Gamma Academy”) and eMarketing 
(“Gamma Accelerate”) platforms. The Gamma Academy, 
provides partners with a comprehensive set of support, 
training and product tools. Individuals in the channel 
community undertook over 19,992 courses in 2019, 
an increase on over 16,000 in 2018. The Gamma 
Accelerate portal allows partners to access and 
customise marketing material, generate new leads, and 
engage with prospects and customers. In 2019, more 
than 800 partners used the system, and there was a 
10% increase on 2018 for marketing campaigns run.

Our partner programme has grown to over 60 partners 
across both Gold and Platinum tiers and we continue to 
evolve the programme whilst protecting its exclusivity. 
In 2019 we launched Technical Alliance programme to 
reward partners commitment to Gamma for their chosen 
products and to ensure that relevant support and 
provisioning staff are fully trained, qualified and engaged. 

We are particularly pleased to have increased our 
market share of SIP Trunking services again in 2019. 
Approximately 30% of orders have taken the 
supplementary “SIP Trunk Call Manager” service adding 
valuable Cloud-based call management features to 
complement the connected voice services. We also 
began trials of our fully integrated Microsoft Teams 
Direct Routing capability, enabling partners to monetise 
the SIP and call bundle opportunity within the rapidly 
growing Microsoft Teams community.

Sales of our Cloud PBX product, Horizon, have remained 
strong in a marketplace that now has over 100 vendors 
catering to the SME customer. Gamma’s scalability, 
easy to use digital portals and end-to-end proposition 
enable it to compete in a market where barriers to entry 
have fallen dramatically. In 2019 we launched our 
UCaaS service, Collaborate, which exceeded our 
expectations with a 7% attachment rate on new orders. 
Following the acquisition of Telsis in November, we aim 
to enhance this UCaaS capability throughout 2020, and 
expect its impact to be an increase in average customer 
size on Horizon.

We have seen operational efficiencies following the roll 
out of new regional based account management teams; 
account manager locations now match their partner 
base, promoting both time and environmental 
efficiencies. For the third consecutive year, we have 
seen a decrease in the number of accounts per head 
giving each account a more tailored approach. 

Looking ahead, we are uniquely positioned to increase 
market share across our product lines, with Mobile 
representing an immediate opportunity to continue the 
strong net growth we have seen. The focus for the 
indirect channel continues to reflect our core strategic 
objectives: building out our UCaaS proposition 
differentiated by fixed and mobile capabilities; and 
enabling our partners with an evolving set of digital 
platforms to help them grow their business. This will 
drive our success as we deliver disruptive, high-quality 
propositions in existing and targeted new markets. 

Daryl Pile 
Managing Director – UK Indirect

“ The continued success of Gamma’s indirect 
business unit reflects that over 1,000 partners 
in our channel community decide to place their 
business with us, something we will never take 
for granted. We continue to enable our partners 
through intuitive portals and APIs, whilst 
ensuring that our service portfolio, development 
roadmap, and acquisitions drive the value of our 
channel partners, businesses and Gamma.ˮ

Gross profit

Increase

+22.2%

£119.1m

Key channel partners we work with: 
Arrow

Maintel 

Southern Communications

Focus Group

29

Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial reportSupplementary informationBusiness review continued

UK Direct 

Our direct business continues to grow, contributing 
revenues of £83.6m (2018: £70.9m) and gross profit of 
£38.2m (2018: £32.8m), up 18% and 17% respectively. 
We achieved good growth across all our market 
segments, but our focus on larger customers saw our 
revenue from the Enterprise business grow by 30%.

We achieved another strong year of contract award, 
securing £92.3m in 2019, slightly down on 2018 which 
was swollen by a single large contract. The most 
pleasing aspect of this order performance was that 
36% can be attributed to customers adding more 
products or services to their existing agreement, 
demonstrating a high level of customer satisfaction and 
our focus on cross-selling new products and services 
to our current customers.

As a customer-centric organisation, the happiness of 
our customers is everything to us. During 2019 our 
average Net Promoter Score remained at 41% which is 
a testament to this effort and focus, and a key factor in 
why we also re-secured some £27.4m of contracts with 
existing customers including our very large financial 
institution which extended and expanded its managed 
SIP platform and for a further 30 months.

As planned, we launched The Gamma Hub in early 2019 
our end-to-end digital platform which has dramatically 
improved customer engagement. Further releases are 
scheduled for 2020 that, when deployed across our 
direct business will provide a single end-to-end system 
providing customers with a leading digital experience 
and greatly simplify our delivery and support models.

Enterprise – It has been a good year for the Enterprise 
business unit with a strong year of sales growth 
securing £41m of new contracted revenues with leading 
organisations such as Inchcape plc and David Lloyd for 
data services and BUPA for UCaaS services. This 
momentum was primarily due to our Managed Service 
model that provides customers access to both the 
latest technologies, such as UCaaS and SDWAN, while 
complemented with solutions that are optimised, 
managed and tailored at scale. In addition, we were 
delighted to re-sign several managed services 
contracts for further business, including international 
sandwich shop chain Pret a Manager who extended and 
upgraded their extensive data network with us for a 
further 36 months.

David Macfarlane 
Managing Director – UK Direct

“ We continue to grow our presence in 
a challenging market. This is down to a 
combination of our market-leading products 
and services combined with our excellent 
and consistent customer service. Year over 
year, our existing customers are contracting 
more and more of their communications 
estates with Gamma.”

Public Sector – We successfully awarded access to the 
Crown Commercial’s Network Services 2 framework 
(RM3808) for all ten lots that that were applied for. This 
will allow us to continue to supply the UK public sector 
with all Gamma’s data, voice or mobile services, by either 
direct award or via a competitive tender process. We 
additionally became accredited suppliers on Crown 
Commercial G-Cloud 11 for UCaaS, CCaaS and SIP 
Services. Despite the challenging backdrop of Brexit, the 
original network services framework expiry and general 
budget uncertainty in the sector, our focus on central 
government provided positive returns with key contract 
awards, including HMRC and Public Health England who 
both selected Gamma for large-scale SIP deployments, 
and the HM Land Registry also awarded us their inbound 
services. We also had a good proportion of new contract 
wins across NHS Health, Education, Local government 
and the Social Housing Sector.

Mid-Market – In the mid-market growth has also been 
strong and 2019 saw us continue our strategy of focusing 
on the upper end of the SME market, although this creates 
a longer sales cycle, contracts awarded are larger, for 
longer duration and are for typically for multiple products 
or services. To this end, our team secured new multiyear 
SIP contracts with Hogg Robinson and Heathrow Airport, 
International Law firm Hill Dickenson, selected our 
Microsoft Team Direct Routing service to support their 
UCaaS deployment. Looking after customers is our 
passion, and when they re-sign or, better still, expand their 
agreement with us this is testament to the service we 
provide. To this end, Hidden Hearing and an existing voice 
customer awarded us a multiyear contract to connect its 
300 sites with data and voice services.

The Loop – Our Manchester fibre network, The Loop, has 
continued to expand its fibre presence across the Greater 
Manchester region and now connects more than 70 
commercial multi-occupier buildings as well as all of the 
leading data centres. The network now stretches over 
87km through the commercial centres of Manchester, 
Trafford and Salford with more than 187km of fibre cabling. 
It is a strategic provider of critical infrastructure to a 
number of leading organisations in the private and public 
sector, including Equinix, Peel, the NHS and Manchester 
City Council and 2019 signed a consolidated five-year 
contract with MCDA, Manchester City Council’s Media 
Assets holding company to provide fibre and internet to 
Sharp, Space Studios and the new Arbeta building.

Gross profit

Increase

+16.5%

£38.2m

Customer examples
HMRC

Hidden Hearing 

BUPA

Pret a Manger

JISC

Revenue: 

£83.6m 
+17.9%

30

Gamma Communications plcRevenue: 

£15.2m 
+347.1%

Overseas

DX Groep
2019 proved to be a transitional year for the DX Groep. 
In February, the acquisition of Nimsys was completed. 
Nimsys specialise in offering IT and telecommunication 
services to the multi-tenant building sector and their 
customers include the likes of Spaces and HNK. Nimsys 
adds market breadth to the group in a rapidly growing 
sector. Our overseas group has contributed £15.2m to 
revenue in the year and £9.2m to gross profit. 

Nimsys
Since the acquisition of Nimsys in February, the 
company has shown strong organic growth. There were 
two clear reasons for this; the first is the strong market 
sector growth for multi-tenant buildings, and the 
second is the success and growth rate of one of its 
larger customers across the Netherlands. Looking 
ahead into 2020, continued growth is expected in both 
these areas driven by the lack of office space in and 
around Amsterdam. 

Focus for 2020 will be on continued growth and on the 
integration with Schiphol Connect.

Schiphol Connect
2019 was a strong year in terms of performance for 
Schiphol Connect. We continued to perform well, 
building on offering high availability and value-added 
services to its customer base. This was driven by a 
number of factors; 

Firstly, the migration of customers, voice services from 
another service provider to a Dean One offering 
assured cost efficiencies across the group. Secondly, 
the team were successful in winning a number of large 
international customers.

Focus for 2020 will be on the integration with Nimsys 
(as above), with key consideration given toward how 
best to rationalise suppliers, service our customers 
and grow our footprint. 

Dean One
During the year, Dean One’s growth was affected by the 
ISDN switch-off in the Netherlands, which impacted the 
first half performance and resulted in an impairment 
on the intangible assets recognised on acquisition. 

On a positive note, clear progress has been made in 
developing the Cloud PBX offering. It has a brand-new 
look and feel user interface, plus a much richer 
feature-set; however, much of the work has been 
centred around making the platform technically able to 
support much faster deployment of additional features 
(which bodes well for future releases). This new service 
was launched to the wholesale partners in January and 
Q1 will also see it Retail-partner ready. Additional 
features will be added as we head further into 2020, 
development priorities being led predominantly via the 
Channel and end-user feedback, including highly 
anticipated Unified Communications features.

Additionally, the launch of the wholesale T-Mobile 
offering in February has been a big success. Business 
partners were looking for an alternative to KPN, since 
they ceased their activities with their challenger brand 
Telfort. The propositions sold are very similar to the 
T-Mobile @work portfolio, which has a competitive 
price point in the business segment with the option that 
traffic for both voice and data is included to the USA.

2019 was communicated as the year that the 
incumbent operator (KPN) planned to switch-off ‘lower 
capacity ISDN’ circuits.

This meant that all providers/partners who sold this 
service had to find an alternative voice service for their 
customers. In Dean’s case, this was a rather large 
number of customers. The challenge here is the plan 
and path taken to deal with these customers and 
partners. Whilst many customers took the migration to 
Cloud option, many (particular the smaller businesses) 
have remained passive. Whatever the outcome, it's fair 
to say that the migration to another service has been 
much more difficult than expected, not just for Dean 
One, but also for other service providers in the market.

2020 will see Dean One build on its rather unique 
mission, which is ‘To accelerate the productivity and 
success of the SME workforce and its business 
partners. Always going the extra mile to provide 
communication and collaboration services that are 
tailored to the user’s needs and stand out in technical 
reliability, simplicity and user friendliness.

Willem van Ingen 
Managing Director – Dean One

“ We are pleased to have completed our first full 
year as part of the Gamma Group. We have 
successfully acquired Nimsys which adds market 
breadth to the group in a rapidly growing sector.ˮ

Gross profit

Increase

+384.2%

£9.2m

Customer examples
Nederlandse Publieke

Interxion

Welcomm

31

Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial reportSupplementary information 
Financial review

Andrew Belshaw
Chief Financial Officer

Another year of strong financial 
performance for Gamma.

Financial  
performance

Revenue

+15%

+26%

+30%

+33%

+20%

+35%

£328.9m 

Gross profit

£166.5m 

EBITDA

£62.6m  

Cash generated by operations

£54.0m  

EPS (fully diluted)

36.1p  

Adjusted EPS (fully diluted) 

40.8p 

32

Gamma has performed well during the year, increasing 
revenue by 15% to £328.9m and gross profit by 26% to 
£166.5m. This strong performance across all areas of  
the business. This has resulted in EPS of 36.1p, an increase 
of 20% from the prior year. 

Revenue and gross profit

UK Indirect

Revenue

Gross Profit

Gross Margin

2019 
£m

230.1

119.1

51.8%

2018 
£m

210.6

97.5

46.3%

Increase

+9.3%

+22.2%

Revenue from the UK Indirect business grew from £210.6m to 
£230.1m (+9%) and gross profit grew from £97.5m to £119.1m – 
an increase of £21.6m (+22%).

Within the UK Indirect business, the gross profit from the traditional 
business (which includes calls and lines and trade with other carriers) 
has seen a slight increase from the previous period which is contrary 
to the trends seen over the past few years. The call and lines part of 
the business continues to decline but Gamma is now providing IP 
telephony services to other carriers which is offsetting this. 

We group our data, mobile, SIP and Cloud PBX products as our 
“growth” products and revenue from growth product sales 
increased from £162.7m to £186.5m (+15%) and gross profit grew 
from £85.6m to £106.7m (+25%). The gross margin grew from 53% 
to 57%, which reflects the fact that the main contributors to this 
growth were SIP Trunking and our Cloud PBX product (Horizon) 
which have higher margins than other products. Despite price 
pressure in Cloud PBX, margins are holding up due to fewer calls 
being used within bundled offerings.

UK Direct

Revenue

Gross Profit

Gross Margin

2019 
£m

83.6

38.2

2018 
£m

70.9

32.8

Increase

+17.9%

+16.5%

45.7%

46.3%

The UK Direct business continues to grow strongly. The growth was 
mainly attributable to sales to Enterprise customers increasing by 
£8.3m. Mid-Market revenue increased by £2.4m and Public Sector 
grew by £2.1m. This business continues to move from selling to 
smaller customers to larger enterprise businesses and public 
sector customers on multi-year deals. The order book remains 
strong with significant customer wins anticipated in the second half.

Gamma Communications plc   
 
 
The gross margin fell slightly because the margin on larger 
customers tends to be lower and also more of the new business wins 
have a higher proportion of access sales (typically Ethernet) which 
has a lower margin than the voice applications suite of products.

Overseas

Revenue

Gross Profit

Gross Margin

2019 
£m

15.2

9.2

2018 
£m

3.4

1.9

Increase

+347.1%

+384.2%

60.5%

55.9%

The Dutch business contributed £15.2m of revenue in 2019, £9.2m 
of gross profit – a margin of 61%. There are no comparatives as the 
business was acquired in October 2018 with a further acquisition in 
February 2019.

Gamma acquired DX Groep in October 2018 and Nimsys in February 
2019. As reported at the half year, the performance of the DX Groep 
business in the first half was below expectations as a significant 
amount of legacy ISDN business ceased due to changes made by the 
incumbent network provider in the Netherlands. In the second half, the 
performance of the business has improved and sales of Cloud PBX 
and Mobile were strong. Nimsys has also exceeded our expectations.

The initial acquisition price for DX Groep was £11.5m and no further 
consideration will be paid due to a greater than expected drop off of 
ISDN revenue in 2019. As a result, the level of contingent consideration 
has reduced to nil with an equivalent reduction in the carrying value of 
associated assets. This is discussed under exceptional items below.

The initial acquisition price for Nimsys was £3.7m with up to another 
£3.2m payable dependent on performance in 2019 and 2020. Given 
the performance of Nimsys in 2019, we now estimate that all of the 
contingent consideration is likely to be paid. Therefore the aggregate 
consideration for the two Dutch businesses is likely to be £18.4m. 

Operating expenses
Operating expenses grew from £97.8m to £121.0m.

We break these down as follows: 

•  The increase in overseas costs is reflective of the inorganic 

growth and a full year of the DX Groep.

•  Central Costs have increased significantly year on year which is 
due to a number of factors. The first is that we are building a 
group function in anticipation of operating several businesses 
around Europe over the coming years. A second factor is the 
cost of our strategy project. Finally, we have incurred significant 
due diligence costs on acquisitions, some of which have 
completed whilst some were not followed through.

Depreciation and amortisation on tangible and intangible assets 
has increased from £12.1m in 2018 to £13.4m in 2019. This is driven 
by increased capital expenditure over the past few years. The 
annual depreciation charge is now in line with the annual capital 
expenditure spend and is not expected to increase significantly.

Share based payment costs have increased during the year 
because more executives have been included within the scheme 
and the rising share price has made the costs of employers, NI for 
share grants higher than in previous years.

Exceptional items
There were a number of exceptional transactions in the year but all 
relate to the acquisition of either the DX Groep or Nimsys (both in 
the Netherlands).

DX Groep
An exceptional item relates to the contingent consideration which 
is due for the acquisition of the DX Groep. In preparing the statutory 
accounts for 2018 we made our best estimate of the contingent 
consideration. During 2019 a higher than expected attrition rate 
of legacy customers taking ISDN caused the revenues to be lower 
than expected. It should be noted that the margins made on ISDN 
in the Netherlands (c.40%) are much higher than in the UK and 
therefore this acceleration of churn from legacy products has had 
a disproportionate effect on profit. This means that we have both 
revised our estimate of the contingent consideration due and have 
also considered whether the intangible assets and goodwill which 
were acquired with the business require reduction.

2019
£m

2019
£m

2018
£m

2018
£m

Growth

As a result of the above there are three exceptional items: 

•  A credit of £8.1m arising from the release of the contingent 

Expenses included within cash 
flows from operating activities
 – UK Indirect Business
 – UK Direct Business
 – Overseas Business
 – Central Costs

Depreciation and amortisation
 – tangible and intangible assets
 – right of use assets
 – acquisition

Share based payments
Exceptional items
Operating expenses

64.9
20.1
8.9
6.5

13.4 
1.7 
2.0 

60.6
16.4
2.3
2.7

100.4

82.0

12.1 
1.4 
0.4 

17.1
2.6
0.9
121.0

13.9
1.9
-
97.8

+7.1%
+22.6%
+287.0%
+140.7%

+10.7%
+21.4%
+400.0%

+36.8%

+23.7%

Movements in cash-based expenses were driven by:

• 

• 

 Within the UK Indirect Business, operating expenses, excluding 
share based payments, have grown by 7.1% (compared to Gross 
Profit growth of 22.2%). This demonstrates the effect of 
programmes we have undertaken historically to ensure that we 
are running the business more efficiently.

In the UK Direct business, overhead increased by 22.6% (compared 
to Gross Profit growth of 16.5%). The level of increase is mainly driven 
by our investment in our digital strategy programme but we also 
continue to invest in additional sales heads to grow the business.

consideration.

•  A debit of £3.9m arising from the reduction in carrying value 

of the intangible assets.

•  A debit of £4.2m arising from the reduction in carrying value 

of goodwill.

In addition to the exceptional items a credit of £1.0m relating to 
deferred tax movements in connection with the reduction in 
carrying value of intangible assets has been included within 
“adjusting tax items”.

Nimsys
With respect to Nimsys, the opposite has occurred – the business 
had performed better than originally expected which meant our 
initial estimate of contingent consideration was too low and 
therefore it now needs to be increased. 

Following the initial recognition of Nimsys contingent consideration 
in February 2019, the contingent consideration has been 
remeasured at the reporting date. The overall balance due has 
increased by £0.9m which we have charged to the statement of 
comprehensive income. There is no tax effect.

None of these items relating to either transaction are cash items. 
The alternative performance measures referred to herein have 
been adjusted for all of these items. 

33

Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial reportSupplementary informationFinancial review continued

Alternative performance measures
Our policy for alternative performance measures is set out in note 1. 
The tables at the bottom of this page reconcile the alternative 
performance measures used in this report.

The Group continues to have no external debt and a number of 
lenders have indicated that they would be willing to support the 
Group with debt were it to be required for capital expenditure 
programmes or M&A activity.

Adjusted EBITDA and EBITDA
The combination of increasing sales of new products and 
operational improvements means that EBITDA grew from  
£48.3m in 2018 to £62.6m or 30% and adjusted EBITDA grew  
from £48.3m in 2018 to £63.5m or 31%.

Adjusted EPS (FD) and Statutory EPS (FD)
Adjusted EPS (FD) increased from 30.3p to 40.8p (35%). The growth 
in adjusted EPS (FD) has been significant due to the strong trading 
described earlier. Adjusted EPS is EPS as adjusted for exceptional 
items as defined in the table below.

Statutory EPS (FD) grew from 30.0 to 36.1p (20%). The growth is 
lower than the adjusted metric because, in the current period,  
there is an increase in the exceptional amortisation relating to 
business combinations as well as charge for change in value of 
deferred consideration which was not present in the prior year. 
These items are in part offset by an exceptional tax credit relating 
to the reduction in intangibles. 

Dividends
The Board has proposed a final dividend of 7.0p (2018: 6.2p). This 
is an increase of 13% and is in line with our progressive dividend 
policy which has meant an increase of between 10-15% every year 
since we listed in 2014. 

Subject to shareholder approval, the final dividend is payable 
on Thursday 18 June 2020 to shareholders on the register as 
at Friday 29 May 2020.

Andrew Belshaw  
Chief Financial Officer 
16 March 2020

Taxation
The effective tax rate for 2019 was 24% (2018: 18%). This rate is inflated 
by adjusting tax items of £1.6m and tax on business combinations of 
£0.5m – neither of these are cash items. The underlying tax rate 
(ignoring these adjustments) would have been 19%.

Cash flows
The cash balance at the end of the year was £53.9m, up from 
£35.5m at the end of the previous year.

The ratio of adjusted EBITDA to cash generated from operations 
was 85% (2018: 84%).

Significant non-operational spend items were:

•  Capital spend was £12.4m, which is a decrease from £12.7m in 

the comparative period. This is discussed in detail below.

•  £7.5m was paid for acquisitions net of cash acquired (2018: 

£11.1m) of which £3.4m was paid for the acquisition of Nimsys 
and £4.1m for Telsis.

•  £9.2m was paid as dividends (2018: £8.1m).

Capital spend
Capital spend in 2019 was £12.4m (2018: £12.7m) as follows:

•  Regular spend on maintaining and increasing capacity on the 

core network was £12.4m (2018: £11.6m):

• 

 £9.9m was the cost of increasing capacity and 
development of the core network as well as other minor 
items such as IT and fixtures and fittings (2018: £9.1m). 

•  £1.4m was the capitalisation of development costs incurred 

during the period (2018: £1.3m).

• 

 £1.1m was spent with third-party software vendors for the 
software which underpins our Cloud PBX product (2018: £1.2m).

•  Project spend in the current period was nil (2018: £1.1m was 

spent on the national network).

The tables below reconcile the alternative performance measures used in this document:

2019 
measure
EBITDA* (£m)
PBT (£m)

PAT (£m)

EPS (FD) (p)

2018 
measure
EBITDA* (£m)
PBT (£m)

PAT (£m)

EPS (FD) (p)

Statutory basis

Amortisation of 
intangibles

Adjusting tax items

62.6 

45.2 

34.5 

36.1 

– 

2.0 

2.0 

2.1 

– 

– 

1.6

1.7

Statutory basis

Amortisation of 
intangibles

Adjusting tax items

48.3 

34.5 

28.4 

30.0 

– 

0.4 

0.4 

0.4 

– 

– 

(0.1)

(0.1)

Exceptional items**
0.9 

0.9 

0.9 

0.9 

Exceptional items**
– 

– 

– 

– 

Adjusted basis

63.5 

48.1 

39.0 

40.8 

Adjusted basis

48.3 

34.9 

28.7 

30.3 

* 

 Profit from operations is the nearest statutory measure to EBITDA and is reconciled on the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income and Note 6  
(segemental analysis).

**  See Note 8 for further details.

34

Gamma Communications plcEnvironmental, 
social and 
governance report

Gamma takes its responsibilities towards the 
environment seriously. We are committed to social 
responsibility and embed this into our policies and 
practices. We believe that sound corporate 
governance is essential in order to effectively run 
our business and look to engage with a wide range 
of stakeholders in order to create value for all. 

35

Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial reportSupplementary informationEnvironmental, Social and Governance continued

ENVIRONMENTAL

Helping the 
environment is core 
to everything we do

Gamma’s heritage is to develop products which enable people to communicate 
and collaborate with colleagues, customers and suppliers without the need to 
travel. Businesses who choose to use Unified Communications products should 
travel less and therefore reduce their carbon footprint. Helping the environment is 
core to everything we do. One of our core values is to “Consider Others” and this 
includes our global neighbours, not just our near neighbours.

As a business we still produce CO2 and that is why we 
have been engaged in carbon offset programmes since 
2006. We are committed to being an environmentally 
friendly company ourselves and where we produce CO2 
we will offset that.

In line with this approach, the Board has confirmed its 
commitment to supporting the UN Sustainable 
Development Goals. An initial analysis of the impact  
of the business has been undertaken; this will be 
continued throughout 2020 in line with the Global 
Reporting Initiative and UN guidance. 

The Board has responsibility for oversight of 
environmental issues (and also risks related to climate 
change which are discussed below). The CEO is 
responsible for executing strategies that have been 
agreed with the board which maintain the values to 
which Gamma has subscribed since its foundation.

Monitoring and offset of carbon emissions

Annual GHG emissions in tonnes CO2e

2014/2015

2015/2016

2016/2017

2017/2018

3,003

2,768

2,462

2,332

We use a third party to monitor our own carbon 
emissions, with the calculations being done biennially 
for our UK business – in future years we will include the 
whole of the Group. The most recent fully analysed 
information covers the year to 30 June 2018. This was 
produced using the GHG Protocol and using emissions 
conversion factors published by the Department of 
Environment, Food and Rural Affairs (Defra); it 
generated the carbon emissions results shown below. 
The GHG Protocol used does not include emissions 
produced in Gamma’s supply chains but, where 
possible, we work with suppliers who share our values.

Annual breakdown of emissions by source in UK offices

GHG Emissions Source

Electricity

Road Business – Grey Fleet

Air Business

Natural Gas

Road Business – Company Vehicles

Road Business – Taxis

Water

Rail Business

Total

36

GHG Emissions 
2016/2017
(tCO2e)

 1,726.4 

 412.8 

 113.3 

 20.3 

 36.5

 5.6 

 1.1 

 145.8 

2,461.8 

% of total 

GHG Emissions  
2017/2018
(tCO2e)

70%

17%

5%

1%

1%

0.2%

0.04%

6%

 1,497.9 

 402.7 

 176.2 

 22.8 

 34.8 

 8.0 

 1.9 

 187.6 

 2,331.9 

% of total 

64%

17%

8%

1%

1%

0.3%

0.08%

8%

Gamma Communications plccommunities no longer need to purify water through 
boiling. This alleviates pressure on local forests – the 
predominant source of firewood – and reduces 
greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions.

Our CarbonNeutral® status is valid until December 2020 
and we are committed to renewing our status in the future. 

Closer to home, Gamma has been a Woodland Trust 
Corporate Member since 2010, helping create, restore 
and protect UK woodland.

Waste Management 
As well as producing CO2, like any business, Gamma 
produces other waste. The larger waste items are 
network assets which need to be retired. These are 
disposed of in compliance with the Waste Electric and 
Electronic Equipment Directive (WEEE Directive). Such 
assets are sent to a WEEE certified operator who is 
engaged to dispose of the items appropriately in 
compliance with the certificates they provide to us.

Across Gamma sites, more general “office waste” is 
separated into recyclable and non-recyclable materials. 
We are looking to make further improvements to our 
waste management and track the onward processing 
of the waste. 

We do not presently record the mass of waste 
produced annually.

Climate-related business risks and opportunities
As well as working to reduce Gamma’s effect on the 
environment, the Board has also considered the 
business risks which are associated with climate 
change. We believe that climate change presents an 
opportunity for the Unified Communication industry as 
the products which are supplied allow business users 
to reduce their travel. 

Notwithstanding, there are risks which were discussed 
in the “Our principal risks” section of the Annual Report. 

Some types of “extreme weather” (which is becoming 
more frequent as a result of climate change) could pose 
a risk to Gamma. For example, the impact on assets 
caused by data centre flooding or extreme wind 
resulting in roof loss. We maintain our buildings to a 
high standard and do not build on a flood plain to 
mitigate this risk. More widely, this type of weather 
could impact the electrical grid supply and we mitigate 
this by having our own back-up systems in place on 
core parts of the network. 

Climate change risks are reviewed quarterly by the 
Risk Committee, which reports to the Board. The 
committee’s initial analysis suggests the primary 
impact of climate change on Gamma’s operations is 
positive in the sense that it may drive a demand for the 
core product set whilst recognising that Gamma’s own 
operations primarily consume electricity and that the 
carbon generation from these is being offset.

Our total (UK) emissions for 2016/2017 and 2017/2018 
were 2,462 tCO2e and 2,332 tCO2e respectively, 
reducing by 5.3% over the time period despite the fact 
that we were carrying more minutes on our network. 
Electricity emissions decreased over the two-year 
period by approximately 13.2% because we continue 
to invest in capital items which are more efficient than 
those which they replace. Emissions from our small 
fleet of vehicles also decreased. 

Unfortunately, emissions from transport (air, rail and 
taxis) increased over the two-year period because we 
have more employees who travel and our European 
expansion plans mean we undertake more air travel. We 
are working to reduce the amount of travel each of our 
employees undertakes each year.

Whilst a full analysis is not yet available for the year to 
June 2019, more recent data is available on electricity 
consumption. This shows that the electricity element of 
the total has fallen by 2.8% between 2017/18 & 2018/19 
again demonstrating our commitment to replacing old 
inefficient capital equipment with more modern 
equipment which uses less electricity. The most 
significant area of energy usage by Gamma is at our 
data centre in Manchester which accounts for 57% of 
our electricity usage. By replacing equipment and using 
modern air conditioning plant we can continue to 
reduce power usage in this area.

We are also looking at the choices we make when 
selecting vendors for our computing and network 
equipment. There is a rolling process of renewal of this 
infrastructure and in each iteration the new equipment 
is more energy efficient. This has facilitated a general 
downward trend in overall electricity consumption 
despite the Company’s continued growth.

Because no organisation can produce no CO2 footprint, 
where we do release CO2 into the atmosphere we made 
a commitment in 2006 that we would fully offset this. 
Gamma has held ‘Certified Carbon Neutral Company’ 
status (conferred by Natural Capital Partners) since 
2006. Over the years we have invested in a variety of 
“offset projects” which have been a combination of 
environmentally friendly power generation projects in 
the developing world and forest conservation. At 
present, the offsetting projects include Amazon 
rainforest conservation and reforestation in Kenya:

•  Acre Amazonian Rainforest Conservation Project 
(Brazil) which aims to protect 105,000 hectares of 
rainforest in the Amazon basin from deforestation. 
The project works with communicates and local 
groups to help protect ecosystem services while 
providing alternative models of economic 
development which avoid destruction of the forest.

•  Meru and Nanyuki Community Reforestation 

Programme (Kenya) offers hundreds of individual tree 
planting activities and enables local communities to 
improve access to food and create additional 
sources of income beyond subsistence farming, 
helping to improve the biodiversity of the local area. 

• 

Improved Water Infrastructure Project (Uganda): this 
project provides clean drinking water to small rural 
communities by repairing and drilling new boreholes, 
helping to reduce water scarcity. Boreholes can be 
used as water wells by installing a vertical pipe casing 
and well screen, which allows water to be extracted 
from the ground. By providing clean water, 

37

Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial reportSupplementary informationEnvironmental, Social and Governance continued

SOCIAL

Gamma takes 
the welfare of all  
of its stakeholders  
very seriously 

We described how we try to do our best for our Global neighbours 
earlier. We also focus on working with our stakeholders who are 
closer to the business. We identify these as our customers, 
suppliers and our people.

Customers
Gamma’s ethos is to provide a robust product at a fair 
price. Where we are selling via Channel Partners we 
want our Partner to be able to make a fair margin for the 
value that they are adding to our End User. We want to 
produce products which allow our End Users to be able 
to communicate easily and reliably. 

The business has a strong reputation for service and 
support. We invest time engaging with our customers 
across a range of topics to ensure our business 
remains straightforward to deal with. In order to 
understand overall customer satisfaction levels, we run 
regular satisfaction surveys from our Sales and Support 
teams and are pleased to report that over 90% of our 
customers surveyed in 2019 were satisfied with the 
support they received. We also track an annual Net 
Promoter Score (NPS) and recorded a positive score of 
+40 for 2019 which is well above the industry average 
for our sector.

Our pricing is fair and transparent.

Data Protection and Privacy
We are mindful of the importance of supporting our 
customers and those partners we do business with, in 
their endeavours. In that line, we recognise the need to 
ensure that any personal data that we may collect is 
properly protected and that we are transparent and 
responsible in the way we handle it. Details regarding 
our privacy policy can be found on our website, at 
https://www.gamma.co.uk/privacy-policy/ 

Suppliers
Gamma works with carefully chosen suppliers. The 
main suppliers are those who provide equipment (both 
for our own network and for onward sale to customers) 
and other telecoms businesses.

As part of the communications industry, Gamma 
recognises that it has a responsibility to take a robust 
approach to slavery and human trafficking. Gamma is 
committed to preventing slavery and human trafficking in 
its own corporate activities and to ensure that its supply 
chains are free from slavery and human trafficking. 

We conduct a regular risk assessment of the different 
types of supply to identify where there is the greatest risk 
of modern slavery or human trafficking being involved. 
The supply of telecommunications software is considered 
low risk, but the supply of customer premises equipment 
(such as handsets and routers) which may have been 
manufactured in low wage countries is considered to 
carry a higher risk. Hence we choose suppliers who can 
demonstrate that they are not involved in these practices.

Gamma operates a number of policies which enable it 
to identify supply chain risk. These are its 
whistleblowing policy and employee policies within the 
handbook. We also have a recruitment and agency 
workers policy so that Gamma uses only specified 
reputable employment agencies to source labour. 

Due diligence reviews are undertaken which evaluate the 
modern slavery and human trafficking risks of each new 
high-risk supplier and we review (on a regular basis) the 
risk profile of each supplier. Where the risk profile is high, 
Gamma requires evidence from the relevant suppliers 
that they have detailed written policies and effective 
procedures in place to control the risk of modern slavery 
and human trafficking in their own supply chain. 

38

Gamma Communications plcSharing in the success of our business growth
In addition to the long-term incentive schemes which 
offer options to key employees, Gamma is keen to 
ensure that all employees who would like to be 
shareholders can do so in the most tax-efficient way. 
Since 2016, Gamma has offered a Save As You Earn 
(‘SAYE’) scheme which allows all eligible employees to 
acquire shares.

During 2019 we also awarded all eligible employees £500 
of free shares using our Share Incentive Plan (“SIP”). This 
was to recognise the hard work that everyone had put in 
to deliver an exceptional set of results in 2018. Our SIP is 
also available to allow employees to buy shares on a 
monthly basis should they choose to do that. In 2019 
44% (2018: 28%) of all employees chose to participate 
the SAYE scheme, with options being granted over 
377,800 (2018: 241,298) shares. 

Apprenticeships
The Gamma apprenticeship programme has continued 
to expand during 2019. We currently have 24 apprentices 
(2018: 13) across the business in various functions. Our 
most recent apprentices started their careers in a wide 
range of specialisms including Finance, IT, Unified 
Communications and Software Development. The 
balance of the apprenticeships at Gamma are 
represented by apprentices from previous years 
continuing their studies, in some cases up to degree level 
and existing employees continuing their professional 
development through the apprenticeship model. At 
Gamma we are proud of our commitment to developing 
our employees and see apprenticeships as a great way 
to support talented people throughout their careers.

Health and Safety
Gamma is committed to working in a way that protects 
the health, safety and welfare of employees and others. 
Gamma strives to improve performance on a continual 
basis. Gamma will promote equally the duties of 
management and employees. All employees and others 
working on our premises have a duty to co-operate with 
supervisors and managers, to maintain health and 
safety provision, to take care of their own health and 
safety and that of others, and report any concerns they 
may have or unsafe conditions they find. 

We are pleased to report that there were no fatalities, 
major injuries, or any dangerous occurrences reported 
in 2019. 

The Company has appointed a member of the 
leadership team, Andy Morris, who is responsible for 
monitoring and reviewing the Health and Safety policy. 
Directors are responsible for making available adequate 
physical and organisational resources. Managers must 
devise and implement safe systems of work and 
supervisors must ensure that workers are briefed and 
consulted on any risks they are exposed to and comply 
with safe working practices. Managers are responsible 
for ensuring the policy is brought to the notice of all 
employees and others who may be affected by it. 
Where necessary the Company will employee 
specialists to assist with meeting statutory 
requirements and implementing our own policy. 

39

Gamma People 

Health and wellbeing
At Gamma, we create a positive working environment 
for our employees, supporting their health and wellbeing 
is central to everything we do. We regularly invest in our 
employee workplace and in 2019 we invested over £1m in 
the refurbishment of our office environment within our 
Manchester and Glasgow operational centres, creating 
facilities which encourage collaboration and promote 
mental and physical wellbeing.

We provide a free and confidential Employee 
Assistance Programme (EAP) helpline; alongside a 
supporting online tool. Through the EAP, employees 
can access information and advice on everyday 
matters, as well as more serious issues, and receive 
counselling. The EAP helpline and online resources are 
promoted and reinforced through monthly health and 
wellbeing communications, with a different theme each 
month, linking to nationwide health and wellbeing 
campaigns and initiatives such as: World Mental Health 
Day, Time to Talk Day and Scroll Free September. 

Gamma has a network of employees that are fully 
qualified Mental Health First Aiders, that are situated 
across all Gamma offices. These employees are trained 
to further support their colleagues’ health and 
wellbeing at work, by looking out for early signs and 
symptoms of mental ill health. Where invited they will 
converse with colleagues experiencing mental health 
issues or emotional distress and (in more complex 
cases) they will encourage and signpost colleagues 
to appropriate support. 

We recognise that one important part of wellbeing is to 
provide some financial security to our employees. Gamma 
offers all UK-based staff access to a Salary Sacrifice 
pension scheme, life assurance cover and income 
protection. These facilities ensure that staff and their 
dependents are looked after should the worst happen.

Gamma also offers a benefits package, which allows 
staff to trade salary for benefits such as a bike to work, 
childcare vouchers and additional holiday as well as 
access to a health cashback plan. Gamma has also 
partnered with Reward Gateway to offer staff a variety 
of discounts from various retail outlets and access 
to health and fitness discounts including gym 
memberships. We also offer enhanced maternity and 
paternity pay and encourage shared parental leave. 

Apprenticeships 
in 2019

24

Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial reportSupplementary informationEnvironmental, Social and Governance continued

Employee relations and diversity
Gamma has long been committed to building a 
diverse and inclusive workforce as well as nurturing 
our reputation of being a great employer to work for. 
We believe in creating opportunities for all to grow and 
to flourish at work.

We list some of the data from our UK Gender Pay Gap 
analysis below.

The median pay gap is the difference between the 
midpoints in the ranges of hourly earnings of men and 
women. The mean gender pay gap is the difference 
between the average hourly earnings of men and women.

During 2019, we continued the delivery of our 
bespoke diversity, equality and inclusion (DE&I) 
training to all UK employees. 

On the statutory snapshot date of 5 April 2018,  
out of the total number of UK employees:
Employees

Males: 70.17% (-0.97)

Females: 29.83% (+0.97)

Statutory

Gender pay gap

Gender bonus pay gap

Mean*

Median*

2018: 33.71%
(2017: 34.60%)
2018: 78.49%
 (2017: 86.56%)

2018: 25.41% 
(2017: 25.62%)
2018: 21.13%
 (2017: 33.85%)

 * The mean is the average of a list of numbers. The median is the 
middle value in all of the numbers listed in numerical order.

Bonus proportions 

5 April 2018

5 April 2017

Proportion of males  
receiving a bonus 

Proportion of females  
receiving a bonus

93.07%

91.74%

92.59%

89.38%

Gamma’s Pay Quartiles 

Upper pay quartile 

Upper middle pay quartile 

Lower middle pay quartile

Lower pay quartile

% of males
in each pay 
quartile 

% of females
in each pay 
quartile 

2018: 85.97% 
(2017: 85.49%)

2018: 14.03% 
(2017: 14.51%)

2018: 76.02% 
(2017: 77.84%)

2018: 23.98% 
(2017: 22.16%)

2018: 63.18% 
(2017: 64.77%)

2018: 36.82% 
(2017: 35.23%)

2018: 57.92% 
(2017: 58.55%)

2018: 42.08% 
(2017: 41.45%)

40

Gamma Communications plcGamma operates in a sector in which there is a 
shortage of technically skilled females who choose to 
pursue a career in telecommunications and technology. 
We have been keen to address this by ensuring that we 
recruit in an equal and fair way while maintaining 
standards of best practice. 

We are also keen to change this trend. Since 2017, 
Gamma has partnered with the University of Salford 
to encourage more females to undertake science, 
technology, engineering or maths (STEM) subjects. As 
part of the University’s insight programme, Gamma has 
organised an initiative which welcomes female students 
into a work environment. This involves talks from a variety 
of Gamma staff about their career journeys while also 
taking part in demonstrations and activities that illustrate 
work activities and a tour of one of the Gamma offices. 
Gamma received special thanks and commendation 
from the leader of the initiative, Professor Takruri-Rizk. 

Our Women in Technology Steering Group was 
established during 2018. It has been working to identify 
the issues that may hold women back and how these 
can be addressed. The Group also develops ways to 
support women’s personal growth and career 
progression at Gamma and considers how we can 
develop our outreach programme to encourage 
students from local schools and colleges to study STEM 
subjects. As a result, employees now attend careers 
events at several schools in areas local to our offices to 
help promote the technology sector to all genders. 

Group employee numbers at 31 December 2019

Directors of Gamma 
Communications plc

Senior managers of the 
Company (including 
subsidiary Directors)

Male

Female

Total

7 (87%)

1 (13%)

14 (93%)

1 (7%)

8

15

Employees

828 (70%) 348 (30%)

1,176

Group employee numbers at 31 December 2018

Directors of Gamma 
Communications plc

Senior managers of the 
Company (including 
subsidiary Directors)

Male

Female

Total

7 (100%)

–

16 (94%)

1 (6%)

7

17

Employees

756 (72%) 292 (28%) 1,048

Group employee numbers

1,176

Males: 828

Females: 348

41

Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial reportSupplementary informationEnvironmental, Social and Governance continued

Giving something back

Giving back to our local communities
Everyone at Gamma is entitled to additional leave each 
year to help a good cause or to work in the local 
community to give something back. Throughout 2019 
employees from our offices have contributed to the 
local communities near their offices by volunteering 
with Salford Foodbank, The Corn Exchange Dementia 
Café in Newbury (which we also sponsor) and 
participating in the Boden Boo and Erskine beach clean 
near the Glasgow office.

Members of our Newbury and London offices spent 
time at Growing2gether, a local charity which functions 
primarily as a horticultural therapy and environmental 
education centre for adults and young people with 
learning disabilities and physical disabilities. Over a 
number of days, Gamma helped to build new pathways 
for the allotment to make these more accessible for 
wheelchair users.

Employees from our London office supported Shelter by 
participating in their Vertical Rush event which involves 
racing up the 42 floors of one of London’s tallest 
buildings – Tower 42. Shelter helps millions of people 
every year struggling with bad housing or homelessness 
through their advice, support and legal services. 

Each year our offices take part in a coffee morning for 
Macmillan and the Christmas Jumper Day (in aid of 
Save the Children).

As well as corporate support for organisations, Gamma 
also operates a “Double It” scheme. This is a match 
funding scheme for Gamma employees, where money 
raised for a charity or good cause which is special to a 
particular employee is matched by Gamma.

42

Giving back further afield
During the year we hosted the sixth Gamma Ball Rally. 
This involves 100 of our channel partners driving in 
low-cost cars across five European countries over 
three days. They “compete” in a variety of weird and 
wonderful challenges for charity and the event 
concludes with a charity auction. Between this and our 
charity cycle event (“MTBorRoad”) we raised over 
£100,000 for our chosen charities – Action Through 
Enterprise and Special Effect: Action Through 
Enterprise (ATE) aims to reduce poverty in Lawra 
District, Upper West Ghana through education and 
social change, while Special Effect uses video games 
and technology to enhance the quality of life of people 
with disabilities. Since the first Gamma Ball Rally in 2013 
we have raised over £600,000.

Gamma Communications plcGOVERNANCE

Behaving responsibly 
and ethically 

The Directors support high standards of corporate governance 
and are committed to ensuring the integrity of both their 
processes and those of the Company as a whole. 

Duty to promote the success of the Company
Engaging with our stakeholders and acting in a way  
that promotes the long-term success of the Company, 
while taking into account the impacts of our business 
decisions on our stakeholders, are central to our 
strategic thinking and our statutory duties in 
accordance with Section 172(1) of the Companies Act 
2006 (s.172). The content below constitutes our s.172 
Statement, as required under the Companies 
(Miscellaneous Reporting) Regulations 2018.

The Board of Directors consider, both individually and 
together, that they have acted in the way that they 
consider, in good faith, would be most likely to promote 
the success of the Company for the benefit of its 
members as a whole, having regard to the stakeholders 
and matters set out in s.172 (a-f of the Companies Act) 
in the decisions taken during the year. Our plan is 
designed to have a long-term beneficial impact on the 
Company and its stakeholders.

The Board’s intention is to behave responsibly and 
ethically at all times, in line with our company values, 
and to ensure that our management teams operate the 
business in a responsible manner and to the highest 
standards of business conduct and good governance 
(see pages 46 to 74). We will contribute to the long-term 
success of the Company and continue to nurture our 
reputation as a responsible, successful company that 
delivers stakeholder value, as outlined in our company 
purpose.

Our impacts on, and engagement with, our key 
stakeholder groups are considered within the 
implementation of our Group strategy. The stakeholder 
groups are: employees, customers, our suppliers, the 
environment and our shareholders. How we engage 
with these groups is covered throughout the report. 

Bribery and corruption
Gamma employees must not accept or give to any  
third party any gift, hospitality or other personal benefit 
that is likely to influence (or which other people may 
reasonably think likely to influence) their judgement or 
be construed as bribery or conflict with duties to any 
customer or colleague. Approval should be obtained 
from a Director or the Chief Executive in any matters 
relating to this. 

Gamma takes a serious view of corruption and any 
actions would be considered gross misconduct. 

Fair tax strategy
Gamma’s approach to management of its tax affairs is 
driven by the following objectives:

•  Acting with integrity and transparency – the way we 

do business means we are trusted by all our 
stakeholders, now and in the future;

•  Compliance – paying the right amount of tax at the 

right time; and

•  Reducing the costs of doing business – we deliver 

services to customers at a price they are willing and 
able to pay.

The above objectives mean that Gamma has a tax 
strategy and policies that balance the need to build  
and maintain trust with stakeholders (including the  
UK Government) while also maximising the return  
for investors.

Gamma includes a full tax strategy document on the 
investors, section of the website.

43

Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial reportSupplementary informationCommunications is a fast moving 
industry. We work alongside the 
relevant industry bodies and 
trade associations.

Regulation
Gamma operates in a regulated industry and the 
framework within which we work is governed by EU 
Regulations, Directives and Recommendations, and the 
UK Government through our regulators, Ofcom, the 
PSA and the FCA, (and their equivalents in the 
Netherlands). Each of these will consult with industry 
from time to time and Gamma (as a significant 
communications provider in the UK) will participate in 
consultation responses in its own right and as member 
of several industry bodies. 

Gamma’s engagements with the relevant authorities 
are generally based around a number of key principals 
promoting transparency and an open marketplace.

•  Defend the channel – We recognise that many 

communications services are provided by channel 
partners who are themselves SMEs. They do not all 
have the resources to engage with regulatory bodies 
in the consultation process nor implement significant 
levels of regulation.

•  We give a voice to UK business – Often regulation is 
(quite rightly) aimed at protection of the domestic 
consumer but this can have unintended 
consequences when applied to business users as 
well; we aim to ensure that regulation is balanced and 
fair to business as well as residential users.

•  Challenge the cost assumptions for implementation 
– as there is a high possibility of underestimating the 
costs of implementing new regulation, especially for 
smaller channel partners and in the more complex, 
less vertically integrated value chain that is the 
hallmark of business-to-business communication 
provision in the markets in which we operate.

•  Ensure that regulation stays current – 

Communications is a fast moving industry and new 
services can be offered (for example “over the top” 
services which are not based on a network) which 
may not be regulated in a way to provide (in our view) 
adequate protection for end users or where outdated 
regulation creates competitive distortions.

•  We are selective in responses – we only contribute 

where we have something relevant to say.

•  We work alongside the relevant industry bodies and 

trade associations.

44

Political contributions
As part of the Company policy, Gamma employees are 
prohibited from using the company, products or 
services to contribute to a political cause. 

Whistleblower schemes
Gamma has a whistleblowing policy in place. We are 
currently investigating the use an external firm for 
whistleblowing going forward.

Further information in relation to governance can be 
found in the corporate governance report on page 45. 

The Strategic Report was approved by the Board 
of Directors on 16 March 2020

Andrew Belshaw  
Chief Financial Officer

Gamma Communications plcCorporate  
Governance

Corporate governance 
Chairman’s corporate governance statement 

Board of Directors 

Leadership team 

Corporate governance report 

Nomination Committee report 

Audit Committee report 

Risk Committee report 

Remuneration Committee report 

Directors’ report 

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities 

46

48

50

52

55

56

59

60

73

74

45

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationAnnual Report and Accounts 2019Chairman’s governance statement 

Richard Last
Chairman 

Ensuring good 
governance  
and compliance

Role of the board 
—  Responsible for the overall conduct of the Group’s 

business including our long-term success.

—  Setting our purpose, values, standards and  

strategic objectives. 

—  Reviewing our performance.

—  Ensuring a positive dialogue with our stakeholders  

is maintained.

The Board is responsible for establishing and 
maintaining the system of internal controls which has 
been in place throughout 2019. The effectiveness of 
the Group’s system of internal controls is reviewed 
annually by the Audit Committee on behalf of the Board, 
as referred to in the Audit Committee report.

46

The Company is committed to 
strong corporate governance  
to support long-term value.

Dear shareholder,
Welcome to the Corporate Governance Report for the 
year ended 31 December 2019, which I am pleased to 
present on behalf of the Board. The Board recognises 
that sound corporate governance is an essential 
underpinning for a growing, publicly quoted business, 
and is committed to ensuring the integrity of both its 
processes and of those of the Company as a whole. 

Corporate Governance Code
The Directors support high standards of corporate 
governance. In the prior year the Board of Gamma 
formally decided to apply the QCA Code. Gamma has 
adopted this code as it feels it takes key elements of 
good governance and applies them in a manner which 
is workable for the different needs of growing 
companies. The Group’s Corporate Governance 
Compliance Code document which was approved 
on 29 August 2019 is available on the website  
www.gammacommunicationsplc.com.

The Board
During the year, we have continued to keep under 
review the composition of the Board and its 
committees to ensure that we have the right balance 
of skills, independence, experience and diversity. 

After a thorough search to identify an appropriate 
Non-Executive Director we were pleased to welcome 
Henrietta Marsh to the board on 16 April 2019. She 
brings a wealth of experience gained from serving on 
the boards of both private and listed companies.

The Company’s remuneration policy is designed to 
ensure that the Company is able to attract, retain and 
motivate executives and senior management of the 
right quality to enable the Company to fulfil its 
objectives and longer-term potential. Please refer 
to the remuneration committee report for further 
details around executive pay and its composition.

Relations with shareholders
Communication with shareholders is given high priority 
by the Board and is undertaken through press releases, 
general presentations at the time of the release of the 
annual and interim results and face-to-face meetings. 
The Group issues its results promptly to individual 
shareholders and also publishes the same on the 
Company’s website. Regular updates to record news in 
relation to the Company are also included on the website.

In order to ensure that the members of the Board develop 
an understanding of the views and concerns of major 
shareholders there is regular dialogue with institutional 
shareholders, including meetings after the announcement 
of the Company’s annual and interim results. The Board 
uses the AGM to communicate with private and 
institutional investors and welcomes their participation. 
The Chairman also visits major shareholders.

Looking ahead
The Group’s commitment to strong corporate 
governance and risk management will remain central 
to the business during 2020 and beyond.

Richard Last 
Chairman and Independent Non-Executive Director

Gamma Communications plc 
Corporate governance framework
The Board has a coherent corporate governance framework, as illustrated 
below, with clearly defined responsibilities and accountabilities designed 
to safeguard and enhance long-term shareholder value and provide a 
robust platform to realise the Company’s strategy.

Board of Directors

Chairman
The Chairman is responsible  
for the leadership of the Board.

Executive Directors
They have responsibility  
for running the Company’s 
business.

Non-Executive Directors
They bring an independent 
perspective to decision-
making; they hold senior 
management to account; they 
also support and mentor the 
CEO and senior management.

Board of Directors 
See page 48

Board Committees

Audit Committee
The Audit Committee’s  
role is: to provide effective 
governance over Gamma’s 
financial reporting, including 
the adequacy of disclosures 
made in the financial 
statements; to review the 
performance of the external 
auditors; to provide oversight 
of the Group’s systems of 
internal financial control; and 
to report to the Board on 
these matters.

Richard Last  

Chairman and Independent Non-Executive Director

Andrew Taylor 

Chief Executive Officer

Andrew Belshaw    

Chief Financial Officer

Alan Gibbins 

Independent Non-Executive Director

Martin Lea 

Independent Non-Executive Director

Henrietta Marsh 

Independent Non-Executive Director

Andrew Stone 

Non-Independent Non-Executive Director

Wu Long Peng  

Non-Independent Non-Executive Director

Nomination Committee
The Nomination  
Committee assists the  
Board in discharging its 
responsibilities relating to the 
composition and make-up  
of the Board and any 
Committees of the Board.

Remuneration Committee
The Committee is primarily 
responsible for determining 
and agreeing with the  
Board the broad policy  
for the remuneration and 
employment terms of the 
Executive Directors, Chairman 
and other senior executives 
and, in consultation with the  
CEO, for determining the 
remuneration packages of 
senior executive managers.

Risk Committee 
The Risk Committee  
assists the Board in its  
duty to carry out a robust 
assessment of the principal 
non-financial risks facing  
the Company (financial  
risk is considered by the  
Audit Committee).

2019 Membership 
Alan Gibbins (Chair)

2019 Membership 
Richard Last (Chair)

2019 Membership 
Martin Lea (Chair)

2019 Membership 
Martin Lea (Chair)

Richard Last 

Martin Lea

Alan Gibbins

Martin Lea

Alan Gibbins

Richard Last 

Henrietta Marsh

Henrietta Marsh

Henrietta Marsh

Andrew Stone

Wu Long Peng

Alan Gibbins

Richard Last 

Henrietta Marsh

Andrew Taylor

Audit Committee Report 
See page 56

Nomination Committee 
See page 55

Remuneration Committee 
See page 60

Risk Committee Report 
See page 59

47

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationAnnual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Board of Directors

Our highly 
experienced Board

Our Board blends industry expertise with public  
company experience and the knowledge and skills  
of our long-standing shareholders.  

Key to committees

 Committee Chair

A  Audit

N  Nomination

R  Risk

R  Remuneration

Richard Last
Chairman and Independent  
Non-Executive Director

Andrew Taylor
Chief Executive Officer

Andrew Belshaw
Chief Financial Officer

Alan Gibbins
Independent Non-Executive 
Director

Appointed to the Board:
2014

Appointed to the Board:
2018

Appointed to the Board:
2014

Appointed to the Board:
2014

Committee Membership:
N    R    R

Committee Membership:
R

Committee Membership:
—

Committee Membership:
A    N    R    R  

Skills and experience:
Richard has over 25 years’ 
experience in technology and 
communication sectors having 
worked at board level for a number 
of publicly quoted and private 
companies in these industries.

Richard is a Fellow of the Institute of 
Chartered Accountants in England 
and Wales.

Other roles:
Richard is Chairman and Non-
Executive Director of Hyve Group 
plc (formerly ITE Group plc), a 
leading international exhibition and 
conference organisation listed on 
the London Stock Exchange, of 
AIM-listed Tribal Group plc, an 
education software, systems and 
services group, and Arcontech 
Group plc, a financial services 
software company. He is also a 
Non-Executive Director of Corero 
Network Security plc, an AIM-
quoted IT security solutions 
provider.

Skills and experience:
Andrew has over 20 years’ experience 
in the Telecommunications industry, 
and has a demonstrable track record 
of achievement in previous roles, both 
in the UK and internationally. 
Previously, Andrew was Chief 
Executive Officer of Nomad Digital, a 
provider of IP connectivity and digital 
solutions to the global transportation 
sector. In this role, Andrew was 
responsible for establishing Nomad 
as a leader in the sector, and when 
acquired by Alstom in 2017, was 
serving over 50 global customers 
from 20 international offices.

Before joining Nomad, Andrew was 
Digicel’s Regional Chief Executive 
Officer. In this role, Andrew had 
responsibility for all fixed network 
services and business/ ICT solutions 
across 26 international markets.

Prior to this, Andrew was Chief 
Executive of Intec Telecom plc, a 
global provider of operational and 
business software solutions to the 
Telecommunications industry. Intec 
was acquired by CSG in 2010.

Other roles:
In July 2019 Andrew resigned from 
the Board of MDS Holdings Limited. 
He does not currently hold any other 
roles.

Skills and experience:
A Chartered Accountant by 
background, Andrew has worked 
in both audit and corporate finance 
at Deloitte LLP and Ernst & Young, 
specialising in providing advice to a 
wide range of clients in the technology 
sector. After leaving private practice, 
Andrew worked alongside the 
Commercial Director in a new 
business development role at Xansa 
plc before joining Gamma in 2007.

Andrew has a degree in Maths from 
St John’s College, Cambridge and 
gained an MBA from Warwick 
Business School. He is a Fellow 
of the Institute of Chartered 
Accountants in England and Wales.

Other roles:
None

Skills and experience:
Alan has extensive experience of 
public company reporting and 
financial services spanning 30 years 
with Price Waterhouse and 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 
having been a Partner from 1985 
until 2006.

His responsibilities included one of 
the main London audit groups and 
he was an Audit and Business 
Assurance Partner. Alan joined 
Gamma in June 2014 and is 
Chairman of the Audit Committee.

Alan has an MA in Modern History 
from Lincoln College, Oxford and is a 
Fellow of the Institute of Chartered 
Accountants in England and Wales.

Other roles:
Alan is presently Chairman of 
Jefferies International Ltd and stood 
down from the Board of BlueBay 
Asset Management at the end of 
2018. He is a Non-Executive 
Director and Trustee for a number of 
private not-for-profit companies.

48

Gamma Communications plcTenure (since listing in 2014) 

Independence 

 0-5 years 
 +5 years 

2 
6 

 Independent non-executive 
4 
 Non-independent non-executive  2 
2
 Executive 

Board gender 

 Male 
 Female 

7 
1 

Martin Lea
Independent Non-Executive 
Director

Henrietta Marsh
Independent Non-Executive 
Director

Andrew Stone
Non-Independent  
Non-Executive Director

Wu Long Peng
Non-Independent  
Non-Executive Director

Appointed to the Board:
2014

Appointed to the Board:
2019

Appointed to the Board:
2014

Appointed to the Board:
2014

Committee Membership:
R    R    A    N

Committee Membership:
A    N    R    R  

Committee Membership:
N   

Committee Membership:
N

Skills and experience:
Martin has over 20 years’ 
experience leading businesses 
within the support services, 
telecommunications and network, 
integration and service sectors. 
Most recently, he served as interim 
CEO at Multicom Security Group 
and was President and CEO of Invitel 
from 2004 to 2011. Prior to Invitel, 
Martin was Executive Vice President 
of Intertek Group plc and Managing 
Director of Racal Telecom. Martin 
joined Gamma in June 2014 and is 
Chairman of the Remuneration and 
Risk Committees. 

Martin has a BA 1st class (Hons) 
degree in Business Studies, and is a 
Fellow of the Institute of Directors.

Other roles:
Martin is also an Independent 
Non-Executive Director of Epsilon 
Global Communications PTE Ltd, a 
privately-owned provider of global 
communications and infrastructure 
services.

Skills and experience:
Henrietta has more than 30 years’ 
experience in investment and 
financial services having worked for 
3i Group, Morgan Stanley and ISIS 
Equity Partners (now Living Bridge 
Equity Partners) where she founded 
and chaired the AIM VCT Managers 
Group. She was formerly a Non-
Executive Director and Chair of the 
remuneration committees at Electric 
Word plc, Alternative Networks plc 
and Dods Group plc, all of which were 
traded on the Alternative Investment 
Market (AIM) and discoverIE Group 
plc, which is listed on the London 
Stock Exchange.

Henrietta has an MA in Mathematics 
from Cambridge University and an 
MBA from INSEAD.

Other roles:
Henrietta currently serves as a 
Non-Executive Director at Herald 
Investment Trust, which is listed on 
the London Stock Exchange. She is 
a member of the LSE’s AIM Advisory 
Group. 

Skills and experience:
Andrew is Managing Partner of St 
Albans Capital LLP, a family 
investment management vehicle. 
From 1993-2006 Andrew held 
various positions at ED&F Man 
including Managing Director of ED&F 
Man Asia. Andrew has been a director 
of Gamma entities since 2011. 

Other roles:
Andrew is also a Founder and 
Director of Greenstone+, a market 
leader in non-financial reporting 
software. Andrew recently joined 
the Board of Frugalpac, a recycling 
packaging business. Andrew also 
sits on the Boards of Epsilon Global 
Communications Pte Ltd and Calcot 
Hotels Limited. 

Skills and experience:
Long Peng has more than 30 years’ 
experience in finance and corporate 
affairs. Long Peng has been a director 
of Gamma entities since 2011.

Long Peng is a Fellow Member of the 
Association of Chartered Certified 
Accountants in the United Kingdom 
and a member of the Institute of 
Singapore Chartered Accountants.

Other roles:
He is a Non-Executive Director of 
Mapletree Commercial Trust 
Management Ltd, Epsilon Global 
Communications Pte and K2 
Strategic Pte Ltd.

49

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationAnnual Report and Accounts 2019 
Leadership team

Leadership team

“ We have a strong and talented 
leadership team who support 
the Board and are responsible 
for day-to-day operations within 
the business.”

Andrew Taylor
Chief Executive Officer

Andrew Belshaw
Chief Financial Officer

Biography available on page 48 
Board of Directors. 

Biography available on page 48 
Board of Directors. 

Phil Stubbs
Chief Technical Officer

Phil joined Gamma in 2018 to lead 
the Company’s technical strategy 
and manage the end-to-end design 
and development of the Gamma 
network and products. He has over 
20 years’ experience in delivering 
high value solutions within 
communications companies, both 
within network operators and 
solution vendors. 

Phil spent the early part of his career 
in software development at 
Vodafone and has degrees in 
Electronic Engineering and 
Mathematics.

Alan Mackie
Chief Marketing and  
Products Officer

Alan joined Gamma in 2005 and has 
over 20 years’ experience in the 
telecoms and data managed 
services industry, working in senior 
product management, marketing 
and project management roles. Prior 
to his current role, Alan was Head of 
Voice Services at Gamma, having 
undertaken product/project 
management roles at application 
hosting companies, Aspective and 
Global Crossing earlier in his career. 

Alan is a graduate of Napier 
University, with a degree in 
Communications Engineering.

John Murphy
Group Operations Director

Malcolm Goddard
Group Commercial Director

John joined Gamma in 2011 bringing 
over 15 years of experience 
delivering successful customer 
service projects and large financial 
programmes within the telecoms, 
financial services and utilities 
industries. Having previously spent 
eight years as a change 
management consultant, he then 
took an operational role for Gamma 
in 2013 and since that time has 
worked in various senior operational 
roles before being appointed to 
Group Operations Director in 2018.

Malcolm joined Gamma in 2005 
bringing over 15 years’ experience in 
M&A, multi-national procurement, 
business management and IT 
outsourcing.

Malcolm’s early career was with ICI 
and AstraZeneca, and he has a 
degree in Engineering from 
Cambridge University.

50

Gamma Communications plc Our leadership team 
have a wealth of 
experience at Gamma.

Suzie Woodhams
Chief People Officer

Suzie joined Gamma in September 
2019 from Optivo where she held 
the role of Executive Director People 
and Communications. Prior to this, 
she was Group HR Director at 
Telecity Group plc for 12 years. 
Telecity is a UK based technology 
business with operations across 
13 European countries. As a key 
member of the management team, 
Suzie was responsible for driving 
and promoting the people agenda 
across the Group and the Board. 
During Suzie’s tenure, Telecity 
became a leader in their space and 
grew to employ 800 people with 
a market capitalisation of £2.6bn.

Andy Morris
Chief Strategy and Operating Officer

Andy joined Gamma in 2006 and has 
experience in establishing and 
running high-quality, customer-
orientated operations. In his 
previous roles at Cable & Wireless, 
he successfully ran a business unit 
responsible for 12 of the entity’s 
largest corporate customers 
including Marks and Spencer and 
Alliance and Leicester. He has also 
been involved with a number of 
telecom start-ups in Europe. 

Andy spent the early part of his 
career with GEC Marconi Aerospace 
and is an Engineering graduate of 
Nottingham Trent University.

Tenure: 

3 
 0 - 5 years: 
 6 - 10 years:   2 
 Over 10 years:  5

Daryl Pile
Managing Director – UK Indirect

David Macfarlane
Managing Director – UK Direct

David joined Gamma in 2012 
following Gamma’s acquisition of his 
managed services business 
Varidion Limited and now heads up 
Gamma Network Solutions, our 
enterprise solutions division. Prior 
to this, David was the CTO at 
Sirocom and latterly the Group CTO 
at Azzurri Communications and has 
over 25 years’ experience in creating 
and delivering managed services.

Daryl joined Gamma in 2003 and has 
a proven track record in overseeing 
revenue and margin growth in the 
telecoms industry. With over 17 
years’ experience, he has taken a 
number of business development 
roles including Head of Channel and 
Sales Director at companies such as 
Telia, Uniworld and Gamma. Prior to 
his current position, Daryl was Head 
of Sales for the PBX / UC channel 
overseeing the development of 
around half our channel partners.

Daryl is a graduate of the University 
of Surrey with a degree in 
Economics.

51

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationAnnual Report and Accounts 2019Corporate Governance Report

Corporate  
Governance Report

Board activities
Strategy
•  Reviewed and approved the 2023 strategy;

•  Approved the proposed acquisitions of Nimsys and Telsis; and

•  Reviewed other potential acquisition targets which did not 

complete or were ongoing at year end.

Business developments
•  Discussed the mobile strategy; and

•  Discussed deals with data providers which underpin our access 

strategy (Broadband, Ethernet).

Financial performance
•  Monitored 2019 performance against the approved budget;

•  Approved the 2018 Annual Report and Accounts and determined 

they were fair, balanced and understandable; 

•  Approved the 2019 half-year results;

•  Approved the final dividend for 2018 and 2019 interim dividend; 

•  Approved the 2020 budget; and

•  Received reports from the Audit Committee concerning the 

overall level of financial governance of the Group.

Corporate Governance Report

Operation of the Board
The Board comprises eight Directors, two of whom are Executive 
Directors and six of whom are Non-Executive Directors, reflecting a 
blend of different experience and backgrounds.

Of the Non-Executive Directors, the Group regards Richard Last, 
Alan Gibbins, Martin Lea and Henrietta Marsh as Independent 
Non-Executive Directors within the meaning of the QCA Corporate 
Governance Code (2018 edition).

The Board is responsible to the shareholders for the proper 
management of the Group. It meets regularly, to review trading 
performance, set and monitor strategy, examine acquisition and 
divestment possibilities, approve major capital expenditure projects 
and other significant financing matters and report to shareholders. 
The Board delegates authority to the management for the day-to-
day business under a set of delegated authorities which cover 
routine operational matters, purchasing procedures, financial 
authority limits, contract approval procedures and the hiring of 
full-time and temporary staff and consultants.

Matters for review by the Board are communicated in advance of formal 
meetings. All of our Directors are subject to election by shareholders  
at the first AGM after their appointment to the Board. Thereafter, all 
Directors are subject to re-election by shareholders at each AGM.  
In addition, any Non-Executive Director who has served on the Board  
for more than nine years will be subject to annual re-election.

The Chairman and Non-Executive Directors have other third-party 
commitments including directorships of other companies. The 
Company is satisfied that these associated commitments have 
no measurable impact on their ability to discharge their 
responsibilities effectively. 

Board meeting attendance

Executive Directors

Andrew Taylor

Andrew Belshaw

Non-Executive Directors

Richard Last (Independent) 1

Alan Gibbins (Independent)

Martin Lea (Independent)

Henrietta Marsh (Independent) 2

Wu Long Peng

Andrew Stone

Board  
meeting

Audit  
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Nomination 
Committee

Risk  
Committee

11/11

11/11

11/11

11/11

11/11

8/8

11/11

9/11

n/a

n/a

1/1

3/3

3/3

2/2

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

5/5

5/5

5/5

3/3

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

2/2

2/2

2/2

0/0

2/2

2/2

3/4

n/a

4/4

4/4

4/4

2/2

n/a

n/a

1 Richard Last stepped down from the Audit Committee in April 2019.
2 Henrietta Marsh joined the Board in April 2019. 

52

Gamma Communications plcCorporate governance
•  Reviewed and approved the Notice of AGM and corporate 

governance disclosures;

•  Considered the key provisions of the QCA code and its 

application to the Company;

•  Reviewed and approved the Matters Reserved for the Board and 

each of the Committees’ terms of reference;

•  Discussed the findings of the Board evaluation and agreed 

actions for the following year; and

•  Chairman and Non-Executive Directors met without the 

Executive Directors present.

Risk
•  Reviewed the status of the principal risks and progress with the 

implementation of any mitigation plans;

•  Received regular reports from Chairs of the committees on 

matters discussed; and

•  Received updates on regulatory developments.

People and culture
•  Discussed talent, diversity and succession planning;

•  Reviewed the composition of the Senior Leadership Team in the 
UK and equivalent management groups for the overseas entities;

•  Reviewed the results of the annual employee survey;

•  Reviewed updates regarding health and safety within the Group;

•  Approved the appointment of Henrietta Marsh; and

•  Reviewed the Company’s values.

Shareholders
•  Reviewed feedback following the investor roadshows and other 

institutional shareholder meetings; and

•  The Chair met with shareholders as requested.

Time commitment
The Executive Directors are expected to devote substantially the 
whole of their time, attention and ability to their duties, whereas, 
as one would expect, the Non-Executives have a lesser time 
commitment. The Non-Executive Directors are required to spend 
sufficient time in the business to discharge their responsibilities. 
Typically this is 50-60 days per year for the Chairman, 25-30 days 
per year for Independent Non-Executives with chair of committee 
responsibilities and 16-20 days for Non-Independent Non-
Executives. The Chairman and Non-Executive Directors have 
other third-party commitments including directorships of other 
companies. The Company is satisfied that these associated 
commitments have no measurable impact on their ability to 
discharge their responsibilities effectively. The Executive 
Directors are permitted to have third-party commitments with 
the permission of the Chairman. At present the CEO and the CFO 
have no external commitments.

During 2019, certain Directors who were not committee members 
attended meetings of the Audit Committee and Remuneration 
Committee by invitation. These details have not been included in the 
table. Where a Director is unable to attend meetings of the Board or 
of Board Committees, such Director is invited to review the relevant 
papers for the meetings and provide their comments to the Board or 
the Board Committees in advance of such meetings.

Training and Development
New Directors receive induction on their appointment to the Board 
which covers the activities of the Group and its key business and 
financial risks, the terms of reference of the Board, and its 
Committees, and the latest financial information about the Group.

The Board ensure that they keep their skills up to date. They are 
made aware of accounting, regulatory, governance and GDPR 
changes via papers to the Board, presentations and external 
documents. An annual review of compliance with the AIM Rules is 
also performed.

All Directors have access to the advice and services of the 
Company Secretary, who is responsible to the Board for ensuring 
that Board procedures are followed and that applicable rules and 
regulations are complied with. In addition, the Company Secretary 
will ensure that the Directors receive appropriate training as 
necessary. The appointment and removal of the Company 
Secretary is a matter for the Board as a whole. All Directors are 
supplied with information in a timely manner in a form, and of a 
quality, appropriate to enable them to discharge their duties.

Board performance
The Company has a formal process of annual performance 
evaluation for the Board, its Committees and individual Directors. 
The Board and its Committees are satisfied that they are operating 
effectively.

A performance evaluation of the Board, the Board Committees and 
individual Directors will continue to be conducted annually and the 
method for such review will continue to be reviewed by the Board in 
order to optimise the process.

The review is based on a template covering key areas:

•  Board composition;

•  Board information;

•  Board process, internal control and risk management;

•  Board accountability;

•  CEO and top management; and

•  Standards of Conduct.

The areas are scored by all members and reviewed by the Chairman 
and Company Secretary and compared against the previous 
evaluation. Lower scores are discussed.

53

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationAnnual Report and Accounts 2019Corporate Governance Report continued

Committees
The following Committees deal with specified aspects of the Group’s 
affairs.

Audit Committee
The make-up and workings of the Audit Committee are set out in the 
Audit Committee report on page 56.

Remuneration Committee
The make-up and workings of the Remuneration Committee, 
together with details of the Directors’ remuneration, interest in 
options, together with information on service contracts, are set out 
in the Report on Directors’ Remuneration. No Director is involved in 
the decision about their own remuneration.

Nomination Committee
The Nomination Committee assists the Board in discharging its 
responsibilities relating to the composition and make-up of the 
Board and any Committees of the Board. It is also responsible for 
periodically reviewing the Board’s structure and identifying potential 
candidates to be appointed as Directors or Committee members as 
the need may arise. The Nomination Committee is responsible for 
evaluating the balance of skills, knowledge and experience and the 
size, structure and composition of the Board and Committees of the 
Board, retirements and appointments of additional and replacement 
Directors and Committee members and will make appropriate 
recommendations to the Board on such matters.

The Nomination Committee is chaired by Richard Last and its other 
members are Martin Lea, Alan Gibbins, Henrietta Marsh, Wu Long 
Peng and Andrew Stone.

The Company’s policy is to attract and develop a highly qualified and 
diverse workforce, to ensure that all selection decisions are based 
on merit and that all recruitment activities are fair and non-
discriminatory. We continue to focus on encouraging diversity of 
business skills and experience, recognising that Directors and 
managers with diverse skills sets, capabilities and experience gained 
from different backgrounds enhance the Group.

Risk Committee
The Risk Committee was formed in December 2017 to assist the 
Board in its duty to carry out a robust assessment of the principal 
non-financial risks facing the Company (financial risk is considered 
by the Audit Committee). Its main function is to review the risk 
register prepared and maintained by management and to re-confirm 
that the principal risks have been identified and (where appropriate) 
mitigated. These are included on pages 24 to 27. 

The purpose of the Committee is to manage rather than eliminate 
risk and therefore it cannot provide absolute assurance against any 
one risk. The role of the Committee will be to review reports from 
management to consider whether significant risks are identified, 
evaluated, managed and controlled and whether any significant 
weaknesses are promptly remedied. It will also indicate a need for 
more extensive monitoring.

The Risk Committee is chaired by Martin Lea and its other members 
are Richard Last, Andrew Taylor, Alan Gibbins, Henrietta Marsh and 
Andy Morris (Chief Strategy and Operating Officer).

Stakeholder Engagement
Relations with shareholders
Communication with shareholders is given high priority by the Board 
and is undertaken through press releases, general presentations at 
the time of the release of the annual and interim results and 
face-to-face meetings. The Group issues its results promptly to 
individual shareholders and also publishes the same on the 
Company’s website. Regular updates to record news in relation to 
the Company are also included on the website.

In order to ensure that the members of the Board develop an 
understanding of the views and concerns of major shareholders 

54

there is regular dialogue with institutional shareholders, including 
meetings after the announcement of the Company’s annual and 
interim results. The Board uses the AGM to communicate with private 
and institutional investors and welcomes their participation. The 
Chairman also visits major shareholders.

Relations with employees/employee engagement
The Group recognises the importance of employees to the success 
of the business and ensures that they are fully informed of events 
that directly affect them and their working conditions. Information on 
matters of concern to employees is given in briefings that seek to 
provide a common awareness on the part of all employees of the 
financial and economic factors affecting the Group’s performance 
through attendance at employee roadshows which take place twice 
a year. In addition to this, there is also a process in place which allows 
employees to contact the CEO anonymously if they wish to bring 
items to the attention of the Board. We plan to designate a  
non-executive director for engagement with the workforce.

During 2019 the Group undertook the Best Companies Limited 
employee engagement survey and achieved a one-star 
accreditation. The results from this survey attracted a listing in 
The Sunday Times Top 100 Best Companies to Work For.

Business relationships
Relationships with suppliers and customers are paramount to the 
way that Gamma operates; the Senior leadership team and the CEO 
engage on a regular basis with major suppliers and customers.

Suppliers
Gamma’s supplier payments policy is to always pay suppliers on or 
before the agreed term (which will vary from contact to contract). If 
an invoice is fully authorised on the system, it will pull through to the 
next available payment run even if this is before the contractual due 
date. The maximum contractual payment period agreed is 90 days, 
which was offered by the supplier without Gamma’s request. For the 
year ended 31 December 2019, the average time taken to pay 
invoices was 29 days. 

Gamma currently has a small number of suppliers who are paid via a 
netting agreement. The terms of these agreements are such that 
payment can only be processed once the netting is agreed by both 
sides. This can result in the days taken to pay being abnormally high 
on some invoices and therefore influencing Gamma’s average days 
taken to pay suppliers. Due to Gamma’s dispute policy whereby the 
disputed value of an invoice is withheld from payment until resolved, 
this can also result in average days taken to pay being influenced.

Any disputes are raised with the supplier directly at the earliest 
opportunity. Any valid charges on an invoice are paid, with the 
disputed amounts being held back until a credit is received or the 
dispute has been resolved.

Customers (and Customer Satisfaction)
Each customer has a Business Development, Information Assurance 
and Customer Development manager and is invited to our Customer 
Roadshows. These roadshows discuss the latest industry trends and 
opportunities for the channel to target, an update on Gamma’s 
ever-expanding UCaaS and Connectivity product portfolio and panel 
discussions exploring the future of the Channel and define where the 
Channel’s value lies in a digital world.

Signed on behalf of the Board by:

Richard Last 
Chairman and Independent Non-Executive Director  
16 March 2020

Gamma Communications plcNomination Committee Report

Richard Last 
Chair

Nomination Committee
The Nomination Committee assists the Board  
in discharging its responsibilities relating to the 
composition and make-up of the Board and any 
Committees of the Board. 

It is primarily responsible for:

•  Evaluating the balance of skills, knowledge and 

experience of the Board

•  Evaluating the size structure and composition of the 

Board and Committees of the Board

•  Retirements and appointments of additional and 
replacement Directors and Committee members

•  Making appropriate recommendations to the Board 

on such matters.

Membership
The members of the Nomination Committee  
and the meetings attended are:

Meetings attended

Richard Last (Chair)

Alan Gibbins

Martin Lea
Henrietta Marsh*

Wu Long Peng

Andrew Stone 

*  Membership from 16 April 2020.

2/2

2/2

2/2

0/0

2/2

2/2

Dear shareholder,
On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present the Nominations 
Committee report for the year ended 31 March 2019 which 
summarises our membership and activities in the year. 

Role and responsibilities
The committee is responsible for periodically reviewing the Board’s 
structure and identifying potential candidates to be appointed as 
Directors or Committee members as the need may arise. 

The Company’s policy is to attract and develop a highly qualified 
and diverse workforce, to ensure that all selection decisions are 
based on merit and that all recruitment activities are fair and 
non-discriminatory. We continue to focus on encouraging diversity 
of business skills and experience, recognising that Directors and 
managers with diverse skills sets, capabilities and experience 
gained from different backgrounds enhance the Group.

Activities in the year
The Committee is also delighted to welcome Henrietta Marsh to  
the Board who was appointed as a new Non-Executive Director in 
April 2019. There is a formal, rigorous and transparent procedure  
for the appointment of new Directors to the Board. The Committee 
interviewed suitable candidates who were proposed either by 
existing Board members or by an external search firm. Careful 
consideration was given to ensure that proposed appointees had 
enough time available to devote to the role and that the balance of 
skills, knowledge, experience and diversity on the Board is achieved. 
When the Committee found a suitable candidate, the Chair of the 
Committee then made a proposal to the whole Board, which retains 
responsibility for all such appointments. The board approved the 
appointment of Henrietta Marsh before her appointment. 

Diversity
Gamma seeks to have a workforce which reflects the world we and 
our customers live in, whilst facilitating the delivery of our strategic 
goals. The Board and the Committee believe that diversity is a wider 
topic than simply gender and in order to achieve the Group’s future 
growth aspirations, Gamma should remain committed to building a 
pipeline of diverse talent and to regularly review the HR processes, 
including recruitment and performance management frameworks.

Succession planning
The committee has considered not only succession plans for the 
Directors but also has had oversight of a deeper review into the 
Company’s management structure to identify those with potential 
to develop in the longer-term into future leaders of the business 
taking into account the challenges and opportunities facing the 
Company in the medium to long term.

Conflicts of interest
The Board operates a policy to identify and, where appropriate, 
manage any potential conflicts of interest that Directors may have. 
It is the role of the Committee to monitor the situation and 
determine actions to address any potential or actual conflicts that 
may arise. The Committee reviews all potential conflicts of interest 
on an annual basis and when new Directors are formally appointed. 
No conflicts of interest were noted in the year and to the date of this 
Annual Report.

Re-appointment of Directors
The re-appointment of Directors is subject to their ongoing 
commitment to Board activities and satisfactory performance. 
All Directors will stand for re-election annually. The Committee 
has confirmed to the Board that the contributions made by the 
Directors offering themselves for re-election at the AGM continue to 
benefit the Board and the Company should support their re-election.

Richard Last
Chairman 
16 March 2020

55

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationAnnual Report and Accounts 2019Audit Committee Report

Alan Gibbins 
Chair

Audit Committee
The Audit Committee’s role is to provide effective 
governance over Gamma’s financial reporting, including 
the adequacy of disclosures made in the financial 
statements; to review the performance of the external 
auditors; to provide oversight of the Group’s systems of 
internal financial control; and to report to the Board on 
these matters.

Membership
The members of the Audit Committee and the meetings 
attended are: 

Meetings attended

Alan Gibbins (Chair)
Richard Last*

Martin Lea
Henrietta Marsh*

3/3

1/1

3/3

2/2

* 

 Henrietta Marsh joined the Board and the Audit Committee in 
April 2019. Following this appointment, Richard Last, Chairman of 
the Group, stood down from the Committee in accordance with 
good corporate governance, having attended one meeting. 

56

Dear shareholder,
I am pleased to present the Audit Committee report for the year 
ended 31 December 2019. This report details how the Audit 
Committee fulfilled its responsibilities during the year.

The Committee consists of the three Independent Non-Executive 
Directors, who between them have a balance of recent and 
relevant financial and accounting experience, and general 
business knowledge.

The Committee meets at least three times a year generally just 
prior to Board meetings to facilitate immediate and efficient 
reporting to the Board, with additional meetings where necessary. 
The external auditors are invited to each meeting. The Chairman, 
CEO and Chief Financial Officer (together with members of the 
finance team as appropriate), and the other Non-Executive 
Directors also attend by invitation.

The pattern of meetings follows the public reporting and audit 
cycle, with meetings to consider the external audit plan; the half 
year announcement together with the external auditors’ review 
of those results; and the full year Annual Report, again with the 
external auditors’ observations and opinions.

The Committee also meets separately at least once a year with the 
external auditors without others being present. The Chairman of 
the Committee maintains a regular dialogue with the Chief Financial 
Officer and his team and with the external auditors.

Role and responsibilities
The Committee’s role is summarised at the beginning of this report. 
The Committee works within a framework of approved terms of 
reference which are reviewed annually.

In fulfilment of its role and responsibilities the Committee:

•  reviews Gamma’s financial statements and finance-related 

announcements, including compliance with statutory and listing 
requirements;

•  considers whether these statements and announcements 
provide a balanced and understandable view of Gamma’s 
strategy and performance, and of the risks surrounding internal 
financial controls. Other risks are considered by the Risk 
Committee and by the Board as a whole;

•  considers the appropriateness of accounting policies and 

significant accounting judgements and the disclosure of these 
in the financial statements;

•  reviews the effectiveness of financial controls and systems. 

Gamma does not yet have an internal audit function although 
certain internal audit-related exercises are commissioned by the 
Audit Committee from time to time as considered appropriate. 
The Committee’s consideration of internal audit matters and the 
likely development of internal audit in the future are described 
below; and

•  oversees the relationship with and performance of the external 

auditors. 

Gamma Communications plcActivities of the Committee during the year
In fulfilment of the responsibilities set out above, the Committee’s 
activities have focused on financial reporting and the related 
statutory audit; and on the assessment of internal financial 
controls.

The Committee discussed the materiality used by Deloitte for their 
audit of the Group Financial Statements. It is satisfied that the 
materiality thresholds used for reporting to the Committee are such 
as to give the Committee good oversight of the adequacy of the 
Group’s accounting; and that the scope and approach is appropriate. 

Financial reporting and statutory audit 
The Committee has reviewed with both management and the 
external auditors the half year and annual financial statements, 
focusing on:

Further details of Deloitte’s audit and their conclusions thereon are 
contained in the audit opinion on pages 76 to 79. 

Consideration of the audit appointment is given at the end of this 
Audit Committee report.

•  the overall truth and fairness of the results and financial position, 
including the clarity of disclosures shown in the statements and 
their compliance with statutory, listing and best practice 
requirements. This includes accounting disclosures and whether 
at least equal prominence is given to GAAP results where 
non-GAAP amounts are disclosed. The Audit Committee is 
satisfied that Gamma continues to be transparent on these 
matters and follows best practice;

•  the appropriateness of the accounting policies and practices 

used in arriving at those results;

•  the resolution of significant accounting judgements or of matters 
raised by the external auditors during the course of their half year 
review and annual statutory audit. Key issues are described in 
more detail below; and

•  the quality of the Annual Report taken as a whole, including 

disclosures on Governance, Strategy, Risks and Remuneration, 
and whether it gives a fair and balanced picture of the Group.

As an AIM-listed company, Gamma is not required to comply fully 
with the UK Corporate Governance Code, but seeks nevertheless 
to comply in all material respects. Last year the Company adopted 
the QCA Governance Code (“QCA”) issued by the Quoted 
Companies Alliance in April 2018, which did not require any major 
adjustments to the Company’s governance, including disclosures 
in these accounts The Committee has satisfied itself that Gamma 
continues to comply with the QCA Code.

External audit- accounting matters
The Committee discussed, challenged and agreed with Deloitte 
LLP their detailed audit plans prepared in advance of the audit, 
which set out their assessment of key risks and materiality. Key 
risks were assessed to be:

• 

• 

 the accuracy of traffic and pricing data; 

 the risk inherent to all companies of management override of 
internal controls; and

•  the valuation of acquired intangible assets – Dean One.

Accounting policies, practices and judgements
The selection of appropriate accounting policies and practices is 
the responsibility of management, and the Committee discussed 
these with both management and the external auditors. Having 
considered the key risks, the key audit matters were:

Revenue recognition
The Auditors and the Committee continue their focus on the 
complexity of auditing the area of revenues (to ensure the  
accuracy of billings to clients). The Audit Committee continues  
to be satisfied as to the robustness of the reporting of revenues 
and associated costs.

Valuation of acquired intangible assets – Dean One
During 2018, the Group acquired DX Groep B.V. (DX). This resulted 
in the Group recognising intangible assets and goodwill. During the 
first half of 2019 there was a decline in performance of Dean One, 
a DX subsidiary, due to a decline in the ISDN revenues; this led to 
an impairment of the carrying value of goodwill and customer 
contracts. The committee discussed management’s view of the 
appropriate carrying values.

Other areas of judgement
Since flotation, we have reported on the Committee’s review of a 
number of other areas including the adoption of IFRS 15 (revenues 
from contracts with customers) and IFRS 16 (leases), both now well 
embedded; the capitalisation of internal development costs ; the 
carrying value of fixed assets ; the calculation of the charge for 
share based payments; the adequacy of provisions for leasehold 
dilapidations; and provisions for taxation. The Committee is 
satisfied that all of these areas Gamma’s processes and 
procedures are well developed and appropriate for each of the 
areas concerned, and that each is properly accounted . Although 
these are no longer considered material areas of accounting 
judgement , they are important matters which are kept under review 
by the Audit Committee.

57

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationAnnual Report and Accounts 2019Audit Committee Report continued

Assessment of internal financial control
Management is responsible for putting in place internal financial 
controls over financial reporting to protect the business from 
identified material risks . 

Effectiveness
The Committee are pleased to report that Gamma and Deloitte 
continue to work together and communicate well and that the 
external audit has run smoothly and constructively.

Appointment 
Deloitte LLP were appointed as Gamma’s external auditor  
for the first time for the year ending 31 December 2015 with 
reappointment approved annually thereafter. The year ending 
31 December 2019 therefore represents Deloitte LLPs’ fifth year 
as the external auditor. Although there are no current retendering 
plans, the Deloitte partner responsible for the Gamma audit, 
Andrew Bond, is rotating off the audit having served for five years 
and his successor has now been introduced. 

For the financial year ending 31 December 2020, the Committee 
has recommended to the Board that Deloitte LLP be reappointed 
and the Board will be proposing their reappointment.

Alan Gibbins
On behalf of the Audit Committee 
16 March 2020

Key controls over indirect revenue are relied upon by Deloitte 
during the course of their external audit but such reviews are only 
in support of their statutory audit opinion. 

The non-UK subsidiaries are subject to full audits by local audit 
firms where required. As the Group expands the results of overseas 
subsidiaries are likely to become more material and we will be 
moving to appoint Deloitte or another firm to carry out audits 
of these companies to the Group timetable.

Businesses recently acquired have less developed financial 
controls than the UK business and Gamma is developing processes 
to enable it to roll out controls appropriate for the size of each 
business acquired.

The Audit Committee is of the view that the size of the Group is now 
such that having some degree of internal audit work carried out is a 
priority. The Chairman of the Audit Committee and the CFO have 
continued their dialogue with external providers of internal audit 
services as to what areas might usefully be reviewed and who is 
best qualified to do the reviews.

Over the last two to three years Gamma has commissioned internal 
audit work from KPMG on Gamma’s billing system and a high-level 
review of controls in the areas of purchase to pay; order to cash; 
HR/payroll; and financial controls/tax/treasury; and from PwC on 
controls over physical stock. At the present time KPMG are 
concluding an internal controls health check at Dean One and PwC 
are reviewing the partner settlement process. A number of helpful 
observations have been made and are being addressed. 

In 2020 we will seek to appoint a single firm as supplier of internal 
audit services to the Group.

58

Gamma Communications plcRisk Committee report 

Martin Lea 
Chair

Risk Committee
The Risk Committee focuses on “non-financial” 
risks that are not normally within the remit of the 
Audit Committee. 

It is primarily responsible for ensuring that:

•  Management has implemented an appropriate 
and effective risk management and internal 
control system.

•  There is a system in place to scan the 

environment for new risks.

•  The nature and extent of the principal risks faced 

is understood and that they are effectively 
managed and mitigated.

•  An appropriate risk management culture exists 

within the organisation. 

Martin Lea (Chair)

Alan Gibbins

Richard Last 

Henrietta Marsh*

Andy Morris (Chief Strategy  
and Operating Officer)**

Andrew Taylor (CEO)

Meetings 
attended

4/4

4/4

4/4

2/2

4/4

3/4

*  Membership from 16 April 2019 
 **  From January 2020 John Murphy (Operations Director)  

replaced Andy Morris on the Risk Committee.

In addition to the committee members, quarterly meetings are 
also normally attended by the CFO, the Company Secretary, 
the Chief Information Security Officer, and the Chief People 
Officer.

Dear shareholder,
I am pleased to introduce the Risk Committee Report for the year 
ended 31 December 2019.

We were very pleased to welcome Henrietta Marsh to the Board  
of the Company and as a member of the Risk Committee in 2019.  
The Committee now comprises the Company’s four Independent 
Non-Executive Directors, the CEO, and the Group Operations 
Director. 

Details of our overall risk management governance framework  
and processes together with the Group’s principal risks can be found 
on pages 24 to 27 of the Strategic Report.

Role of the Risk Committee 
The Committee is responsible, on behalf of the Board, for ensuring 
that management has designed and implemented appropriate risk 
management and internal control systems, and for the ongoing 
monitoring and review of the effectiveness of those systems. This 
includes ensuring that there is a system in place for scanning the 
environment for new risks and also responding to unexpected 
ones. It also monitors the risk exposure of the Group and is 
responsible for agreeing with management how the principal risks 
will be managed and mitigated or tolerated. The Committee is 
further responsible for ensuring that an appropriate and evolving 
risk awareness and risk management culture exists throughout 
the organisation.

Activities of the Risk Committee in 2019
The Committee met four times in 2019, in order to conduct the 
following main items of business: 

•  the regular review of any unexpected and material service 

incidents or other corporate risk incidents;

•  the regular review of the Company risk registers covering 
business continuity, cyber and physical security, supplier, 
regulatory, legal, people and more recently climate risks, 
focusing on the higher risk items and the status of associated 
mitigation plans; 

•  determining how recent Group acquisitions would be 

incorporated into the overall Group risk management and  
control environment; 

•  review of the Group’s major incident, crisis management and 

communications plan and of its testing; 

•  undertaking a review of the Group’s approach to the assessment 

and management of GDPR related risks; and 

•  reviewing the contents of the principal risks section of the  

Annual Report.

Looking Forward
The Group continues to grow, not just in size, but also in the  
breadth and sophistication of services provided, and the diversity 
of geographic markets within which it operates. These factors 
together with further developments in environmental governance 
expectations and standards, mean that risk awareness, 
identification, assessment and management will continue to be an 
important aspect of our overall activity and corporate governance. 
The Group’s focus in the coming year will be on further developing 
and improving its competency and effectiveness in its overall 
approach to risk management.

Martin Lea
Chairman Risk Committee
16 March 2020

59

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationAnnual Report and Accounts 2019Dear shareholder,
I am pleased to introduce the Directors’ Remuneration Report for 
the year ended 31 December 2019. 

We were very pleased to welcome Henrietta Marsh to the Board of 
the Company and as a member of the Remuneration Committee in 
2019. The Committee now comprises the Company’s four 
Independent Non-Executive Directors. 

The Committee is primarily responsible for determining and 
recommending to the Board the policy for the remuneration and 
employment terms of the Executive Directors and the Chairman 
and, in consultation with the CEO, for determining the remuneration 
packages of other senior executives. The committee is also 
responsible for the review of, and making recommendations to the 
Board in connection with share incentive plans and performance 
related pay schemes and their associated targets. It is also 
responsible for the oversight of employee benefit structures across 
the Group. The Committee’s full terms of reference are reviewed 
regularly and approved by the Board. No Director or other senior 
executive is involved in any decisions as to their own remuneration. 

Link between remuneration and strategy
The Group’s strategy is designed to enable the business to 
continue to grow both its profitability and market share by 
developing new innovative communications products and services 
for organisations. The Remuneration Committee is committed to 
structuring senior executive remuneration that is competitive, 
enables the Company to attract retain and motivate executives of 
the calibre required to successfully further develop and execute 
the Group’s strategy, and which rewards good performance. A 
significant proportion of total remuneration is performance-based 
and linked to the achievement of current year and longer-term 
performance measures. Short-term performance is incentivised 
via an annual bonus scheme which is based on company financial 
objectives as well as personal performance objectives which 
typically support strategic initiatives. Long-Term performance is 
incentivised by a performance share plan (LTIP), which is typically 
based on the achievement of demanding Total Shareholder Return 
and Earnings Per Share growth targets.

In addition, the Company has applied a policy of using share 
incentives across the Group. This includes awards to more senior 
staff under the Company Share Option Plan (CSOP), as well as both, 
Save as You Earn (SAYE), and Share Incentive Plans (SIPs), the 
participation in which is open to all UK employees.

We believe these policies help the Company to continue to grow 
profitably through the successful execution of its strategy as well 
as providing alignment between the interests of shareholders and 
all employees who can share in the Company’s success.

Directors’ Remuneration Report

Martin Lea 
Chair

Remuneration Committee
The Committee is primarily responsible for determining 
and making recommendations to the Board on the 
policy for the remuneration and employment terms 
of the Executive Directors, Chairman and other senior 
executives, and for the effective implementation of 
that policy.

The committee’s terms of reference are reviewed and 
approved by the Board annually, and are available on 
the Company’s website.

Martin Lea (Chair)

Richard Last

Alan Gibbins 
Henrietta Marsh* 

*  Membership from 16 April 2019

Meetings 
attended

5/5

5/5

5/5

3/3

Report structure and content
This report is for the year ended 31 December 2019 
and is split into three main areas: 

Statement by the Chairman of the 
Remuneration Committee

Directors’ remuneration policy

Annual Report on Remuneration 

Page

60

62

67

60

Gamma Communications plcPerformance and Executive Director remuneration  
outcomes in 2019
This year has been one of continued positive progress at Gamma. 
The Chairman’s statement (on pages 2 to 3) provides an overview 
of the strong financial performance and the progress the Group has 
made. The highlights include revenue growth of 15% to £328.9m, 
and adjusted profit before tax growth of 38% to £48.1m.

Based on overachievement against the Executive Directors’ 
maximum Adjusted Profit before Tax performance targets (relating 
to 80% of their maximum bonus potential), and achievement of 80% 
and 100% respectively of the CEO’s and CFO’s personal 
performance objectives (relating to 20% of their maximum bonus 
potential); the CEO earned a bonus of 120% of salary (compared to 
the maximum potential bonus of 125%) and the CFO earned the 
maximum potential bonus of 100% of salary. 25% of the bonus 
earned in both cases is subject to deferral into shares for three years.

The three-year performance conditions related to the LTIP share 
option awards made to the CFO, as well as other senior executives 
in 2016, were exceeded. These options therefore vested in full in 
2019. During the year, new LTIP three-year performance share 
awards were made to the Executive Directors at 125% of salary. 
Awards under the scheme were also made to other senior 
executives.

The committee did not exercise discretion in the determination of 
the Executive Directors, remuneration during 2019. 

In line with the general company-wide salary increase, and the 
remuneration policy, the base salary of the Executive Directors was 
increased by 2.5% with effect from 1 January 2020.

Non-Executive Director Remuneration
At the time Henrietta Marsh joined the Company as our new 
Independent Non-Executive Director, the fees of the Non-
Executives (excluding the Chairman’s fees) were revised, to bring 
them in line with market norms for publicly quoted businesses of 
comparable sizes. The review, led by the Chairman and the Chief 
Executive, took into account the results of a benchmarking exercise 
undertaken by remuneration advisors h2glenfern as well as other 
published AIM 50 remuneration data.

As a result of the review the Non-Executive Director fees were 
increased from £37,142 to £48,000 and the committee chair fees 
from £6,000 to £8,000 with effect from 1 April 2019.

Changes to Directors’ Remuneration Policy
Short-term performance for Executive Directors and other senior 
executives, continues to be incentivised using a discretionary 
annual bonus scheme. There have been no changes to policy 
regarding the annual bonus scheme.

Long-term performance continues to be incentivised by way of a 
long-term incentive plan (LTIP) based on the achievement of Total 
Shareholder Return (TSR) and Earnings Per Share (EPS) growth 
goals over a three-year measurement period. Given the Company’s 
growth profile, its stage of development and the challenges of 
identifying a relevant peer group, the committee believes that 

absolute performance goals remain more relevant than 
comparative performance measures. There have been no changes 
made to the LTIP scheme structure or rules.

Employee Share Schemes
In order to continue to strengthen the alignment of our employee 
and shareholder interests, the Group operates a Save As You Earn 
scheme (“SAYE”) and a Share Incentive Plan (SIP) which are open to 
all UK employees. 

In addition, there is a Company Share Option Plan (CSOP) which is 
designed to enable the Group to selectively incentivise key high 
performing employees. In 2019 awards of 157,914 options were 
made to high performing employees under the CSOP. 

Under the SAYE scheme, employees who choose to participate are 
granted options, at a 20% discount to market price, and then save a 
pre-determined sum over a period of three years. The money saved 
can then be used by the employee to exercise their options. In 2019 
44% (2018: 28%) of all employees chose to participate, with options 
being granted over 377,800 (2018: 241,298) shares.

In July 2019 the Company issued £500 free shares to each 
employee under the terms of a SIP scheme. This did not entail the 
Company issuing new shares as the shares were already held in the 
Gamma Communications plc SIP trust. The shares are tax-free if 
held for five years.

Towards the end of the year the Company launched a new 
“evergreen” (available for people to join at any time) SIP scheme. It 
allows staff to buy up to £150 of shares each month out of gross 
salary (Partnership shares). The shares need to be kept for five 
years for the employees to keep the tax benefit. As at 31 December 
2019, 459 employees had joined the scheme. 

Employee Remuneration
Based on the Group’s performance in 2019, and the contribution 
and hard work of all its employees, the Board was pleased to 
approve a 2.5% general salary increase at the end of 2019. 
Employees in the Group generally participate in a bonus scheme 
that enables them to earn up to and in exceptional circumstances 
over-10% of basic salary based on a combination of personal and 
Group performance. 

Governance Disclosure and the Year Ahead
As an AIM-listed company, this report is included as required 
following the Company’s adoption of the QCA Corporate 
Governance code and as a matter of best practice. It is our 
intention to continue to increase the scope and content of the 
report and we have further increased the disclosure in this year’s 
Annual Report on Remuneration. The Directors’ Remuneration 
Report was approved on an advisory basis at the 2019 AGM with 
99.3% of votes cast in favour. This Directors’ Remuneration Report 
will again be put to an advisory vote at the forthcoming 2020 AGM. 

With effect from the conclusion of the 2020 AGM, Henrietta Marsh 
will succeed me as Remuneration Committee Chair. I will continue 
to serve as a member of the committee. Under Henrietta’s 
chairmanship, the committee will continue to ensure that executive 
remuneration remains aligned with the Group’s strategic objectives, 
and shareholder interests.

On behalf of the committee, I thank you for your support during the 
last year and hope that you find this report increasingly helpful and 
informative.

Martin Lea 
Remuneration Committee Chairman  
16 March 2020

61

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationAnnual Report and Accounts 2019Remuneration Committee Report continued

Remuneration policy
This part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report sets out the 
Group’s remuneration policy with regard to its Directors. 

Consideration of shareholders’ views on remuneration 
The Company welcomes dialogue with its shareholders over 
matters of remuneration. The Chairman of the Remuneration 
Committee is available for contact with institutional investors 
concerning the approach to remuneration. 

Policy on Executive Director remuneration 
The Group’s remuneration policy is designed to ensure that it can 
attract, retain and motivate executives and senior management of 
the right quality to enable it to fulfil its strategic objectives and 
deliver long-term sustainable growth. The retention of key 
management and the alignment of management incentives with the 
creation of shareholder value is a key objective of this policy. 

Setting base salary for Executive Directors at an appropriate level is 
key to management retention. Therefore, the Remuneration 
Committee seeks to ensure that salaries are market competitive for 
comparable companies. The aim is to set total compensation within 
a range around the median level for the Group’s peer group. 

The Remuneration Committee is directly responsible for setting the 
remuneration of Executive Directors and for giving guidance on and 
approving recommendations for the remuneration of other 
members of the senior management team.

Summary of policy changes for 2020
A statement of how the Company intends to implement its 
remuneration policy in 2020 is included in the Annual Report 
on Remuneration. There have been no material policy changes 
for 2020.

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Potential remuneration

Performance metrics

Base salary

To be set at a level which is 
sufficiently competitive to recruit 
and retain Executive Directors of 
the appropriate calibre, skill and 
experience to deliver the 
Company’s strategy, and which 
considers the scope of the 
individual Directors’ contribution to 
the Group.

Benefits

To complement basic salary by 
providing market competitive 
benefits to attract and retain 
executives.

Salaries are typically reviewed 
annually, with any changes 
effective from 1 January, but 
exceptionally may take place at 
other times of the year.
When determining an appropriate 
level of base salary, the committee 
considers: 
•  Group performance;
•  the role, responsibilities, 
experience and personal 
performance of the Director; and

•  average workforce salary 

adjustments within the Group. 
In addition to the above, salaries 
are independently benchmarked 
from time to time against 
comparable roles at listed 
companies of a similar size 
and complexity.

Reviewed from time to time to 
ensure that benefits when taken 
together with other elements of 
remuneration remain market 
competitive. Benefits for the 
Executive Directors currently 
comprise participation in the 
Group’s life assurance and income 
protection schemes, which are 
also available to all other UK 
employees.

The actual base salaries paid to 
the Executive Directors and those 
set for the current year are 
disclosed in the Annual Report 
on Remuneration.

Not applicable.

Not applicable.

The cost of providing these 
benefits varies year on year 
depending on the schemes’ 
premiums. The Remuneration 
Committee monitors the overall 
cost of the benefits package.

Pension

To provide retirement benefits 
which, when taken together with 
other elements of the 
remuneration package, will enable 
the Group to attract and retain 
executives.

The Executive Directors (together 
with all other eligible staff) can 
participate in the Group’s defined 
contribution (money purchase) 
pension scheme. 

Employer contribution of up to 
5.1% of salary per annum is paid 
into the scheme, which is the 
same level available to eligible 
employees across the wider 
workforce.

Not applicable.

62

Gamma Communications plcPurpose and link to strategy

Operation

Potential remuneration

Performance metrics

Annual Bonus

To incentivise the achievement of 
the Group’s annual financial 
targets, or other near -term 
strategic objectives.

Long Term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’)

To motivate executives and 
incentivise the achievement of 
longer-term financial performance. 
To align the interests of executives 
and shareholders.

The Executive Directors and other 
senior executives participate in a 
discretionary, annual, performance 
related bonus scheme. 
The Remuneration Committee at 
its discretion may determine that a 
proportion of any bonus that it 
awards may be deferred into an 
allocation of shares or grant of 
options each with a three-year 
vesting period and governed 
by the terms of the Deferred 
Bonus Plan. 
Typically, 25% of any bonus 
awarded to the Executive 
Directors is deferred into shares.
Other than to the extent deferred, 
under the terms of the deferred 
bonus plan, bonuses are paid in 
cash, based on audited financial 
results. The bonus scheme rules 
include a claw-back provision.

The Executive Directors and other 
senior executives participate in a 
discretionary LTIP. 
The plan entitles participants to an 
allocation of, or options over, free 
(or nominal value) shares after a 
performance period of three years 
(or any other period as the 
committee may decide), subject 
to certain performance and 
service conditions being met. 
Participation is at the discretion of 
the Remuneration Committee. 
Awards will typically be made 
annually based on a multiple of 
annual salary. Performance 
conditions are set by the 
Remuneration Committee at the 
time of the award. The plan rules 
amongst other things include 
claw-back provisions and a 
limitation to ensure that new 
shares issued, when aggregated 
with all other employee share 
awards, must not exceed 10% of 
issued share capital over any 
ten-year period.

The maximum bonus (including 
any part of the bonus deferred into 
share awards) deliverable under 
the plan is up to 125% of annual 
base salary, in the case of the CEO 
and 100% in the case of the CFO.

Bonus awards are based on 
annual performance against 
stretching company financial 
targets (e.g. Profit before Tax) and 
personal performance objectives 
for the individual Directors. 
Targets are set by the committee 
at the beginning of each year with 
up to 20% of the maximum bonus 
opportunity being based on 
personal objectives, and the 
remainder on Group financial 
performance targets.

The Remuneration Committee 
would in normal circumstances 
expect to make annual LTIP 
awards to the Executive Directors 
at a value of up to 125% of base 
salary.
The scheme rules however 
do allow the Remuneration 
Committee discretion to make 
higher value awards.

The vesting of LTIP awards is 
conditional upon the successful 
achievement of financial 
performance conditions over the 
performance period, which are set 
by the Committee at the time of 
the award.
Performance conditions currently 
include compound annual growth 
in adjusted earnings per share 
(EPS), and compound annual 
growth in total shareholder return 
(TSR) with each having equal 
weighting i.e. up to a maximum 
vesting of 50% of the shares.
In both cases (TSR and EPS) the 
Committee has currently 
determined that at this stage of 
Gamma’s development and its 
market position, absolute 
performance measures are more 
appropriate than relative 
measures.
For future LTIP awards the 
Committee will assess what 
performance conditions and 
associated weightings it 
considers appropriate in 
supporting the Company’s 
strategy and longer-term 
objectives.

All employee share plans

Executive Directors are eligible to 
participate in all employee share 
schemes which are designed to 
encourage share ownership 
across the wider UK workforce. 
These currently include regular 
Save as You Earn Option Plans 
(SAYE Plan) and an evergreen 
Share Incentive Plan (SIP).

Executive Directors may 
participate in these plans in line 
with HMRC guidelines currently 
prevailing, and on the same basis 
as other eligible UK employees.

Participation levels are in 
accordance with HMRC limits as 
amended from time to time.

Not applicable.

63

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationAnnual Report and Accounts 2019Remuneration Committee Report continued

Committee discretion, flexibility and judgement in operating the incentive plans.
The Committee retains discretion, consistent with market practice and in line with the various scheme rules, in a number of areas with 
regard to the operation and administration of the discretionary annual bonus and the LTIP plans. These include, but are not limited to:

The Discretionary Annual Bonus Plan:

The LTIP Plan:

•  The scheme participants.

•  The scheme participants.

•  The review of and setting of annual performance measures  

•  The form and timing of the grant of an award.

and targets.

•  The determination and calculation of any bonus payment, 
including upward or downward adjustment as appropriate.

•  The timing of any bonus payments.

•  The determination of the proportion of any bonus award that  
is deferred into an award under the terms of the deferred 
bonus plan.

•  The determination of the treatment of leavers depending on the 

circumstances. 

•  The size of awards made.

•  The setting of appropriate performance measures.

•  The determination of the treatment of leavers depending  

on the circumstances.

•  Discretion relating to vesting in the event of a change of control 

of the Company.

•  The ability to substitute a cash equivalent in place of shares.

•  To make appropriate adjustments to awards required in certain 
circumstances e.g. Demerger, capitalization or rights issue,  
or other restructuring events.

•  To change any performance or other condition applying to  

an award, if any event or series of events happen, which result  
in the Committee considering it is fair and reasonable to make 
such change.

Illustrations of application of the Policy
The graph below demonstrates how pay varies with performance for the Executive Directors based on the Directors Remuneration Policy 
described above. This is based on pay for the year ending 31 December 2020.

Element   

Fixed 

Description

 Fixed remuneration is made up of total salary, pension and benefits.

Annual Variable bonus 

 The annual variable bonus is an incentive scheme where remuneration in the form of cash and deferred 
shares is received or receivable as a result of the performance conditions that relate to that period. 

LTIP  

 The long-term incentive plan is an incentive scheme where remuneration in the form of shares is received 
or receivable as a result of the performance conditions that relate to that period.

Chief Executive Officer

Chief Financial Officer

Minimum

Maximum

Minimum

Maximum

0

500,000

1,000,000

1,500,000

2,000,000

0

500,000

1,000,000

1,500,000

2,000,000

 Fixed

  Annual variable bonus

 LTIP

 LTIP value with 50% share price growth

Assumptions used in determining the level of payout under given scenarios is as follows:

Performance

Fixed pay

Minimum

Maximum 

Fixed pay i.e. salary, pension and 
benefits only.
Fixed pay i.e. salary, pension and 
benefits only.

Annual variable bonus

No bonus

LTIP

No LTIP vesting

Maximum bonus awarded

Maximum LTIP calculated as the value at 
the time of the award. The chart also 
shows the impact of 50% share price 
growth over the vesting period.

An “on target” figure is not presented because the incentive scheme is structured with stretching targets which, if achieved, results in the 
executives receiving their maximum remuneration as depicted in the graphs above.

64

Gamma Communications plc 
 
 
 
 
Alignment of Executive remuneration and the market 
At the time of appointing our new CEO in 2018, the Remuneration 
Committee undertook a detailed benchmarking exercise among 
peer group organisations in order to determine a competitive and 
appropriate remuneration package. Towards the end of 2018 the 
committee undertook a further benchmarking exercise to consider 
the remuneration of the CFO. In undertaking such benchmarking 
exercises the Company takes into account Gamma’s size, market 
position, profile and outlook, and reviews the remuneration data for 
a number of comparable UK quoted companies. 

In addition to such formal benchmarking exercises, the Committee 
takes advantage of various annual AIM Directors’ Remuneration 
reports as well as available data about similar and competing 
companies. The Company aims to position Gamma Directors’ 
salary and annual bonus at the median level, based on appropriate 
comparator organisations, but to also ensure there is significant 
incentive and reward for better than average longer-term results 
through the performance-based Long Term Incentive Plan. 

Consideration of pay and employment conditions  
elsewhere in the Group
The Committee considers the pay and conditions of employees 
throughout the Group when determining the remuneration 
arrangements for Executive Directors although no direct 
comparison metrics are applied. In particular, the Committee 
considers the relationship between general changes to UK 
employees’ remuneration and Executive Director reward. Whilst the 
Committee does not directly consult with our employees as part of 
the process of determining executive pay, the Board does receive 
feedback from employee surveys that takes into account 
remuneration in general. The Committee also receives updates 
from the Chief People Officer.

Policy on recruitment 
When hiring a new Executive Director, the Committee will consider 
the overall remuneration package by reference to the remuneration 
policy set out in this report. The Committee would not usually expect 
to pay sign-on payments or compensate new Directors for any 
variable remuneration forfeited from any employment prior to joining 
the Board other than in exceptional circumstances, and in such 
circumstances would aim to compensate the new Executive through 
the Group’s Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP). LTIP awards are made 
on an ongoing basis in line with our policy for Executive Directors and 
other senior executives. In the year of recruitment, a higher award 
may be made within the limits of the plan (maximum of 200% of 
salary other than in exceptional circumstances). Salary and annual 
bonus levels will be set so as to be competitive at the median level 
with comparable roles in companies in similar sectors, and also 
taking into account the experience, seniority and the scope of 
responsibility of the appointee coming into the role. New Executive 
Directors will be able to participate in the annual bonus scheme on a 
pro-rated basis for the portion of the financial year for which they are 
in post. New Executive Directors will receive benefits and pension 
contributions in line with the Company’s existing policy. 

Policy on loss of office 
The following sets out the Company’s policy with regard to exit 
payments in relation to each remuneration element for Executive 
Directors. These apply other than in circumstances where the 
Executive is dismissed for breach of contract, including serious 
dishonesty, gross misconduct, incompetence, or wilful neglect of 
duty, in which cases no amount will be payable. 

Basic salary: This will be paid over the contractual notice period 
(CEO: twelve months, CFO: six months) however the Company has 
the discretion to make a lump sum payment for termination in lieu 
of notice. 

Benefits and Pension contributions: These will normally continue to 
be provided over the notice period; however the Company has the 
discretion to make a lump sum payment on termination equal to the 
value of the benefits payable during the notice period. 

Annual Bonus: The payment of any annual bonus would be entirely 
at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee and if made 
would be pro-rated to the time of active service in the year that 
employment ceased. The decision of the Committee, in such 
circumstances, would take into consideration the financial 
performance of the Company, the performance of the individual, 
and the circumstances of the termination of employment. 

Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP): This is governed by the rules of the 
LTIP scheme. If the Executive Director’s employment ceases for 
reasons of death, ill health, injury, disability or redundancy during 
the performance period of the LTIP award, then normally in these 
circumstances, the participant’s award will vest on a time pro rata 
basis subject to the Remuneration Committee assessment of the 
satisfaction of the performance conditions applying to the award 
for the period prior to cessation of employment. In all other 
circumstances if an Executive Director’s employment ceases then 
the award will lapse on the date of cessation, unless the 
Remuneration Committee determines in its discretion prior to the 
date of cessation that the award should vest on a time pro rata 
basis subject to its assessment of the satisfaction of the 
performance conditions. The Committee retains discretion to 
decide to waive in full or in part the performance conditions if it 
feels that is appropriate in any particular circumstances. 

Policy on Non-Executive Director remuneration 
The Chairman and the other Non-Executive Directors’ 
remuneration comprise only fees. The Chairman’s fee is approved 
by the Board on the recommendation of the Remuneration 
Committee. The other Non-Executives’ fees are approved by the 
Board on the recommendation of the Chairman and CEO. The 
Non-Executive Directors are not involved in any decisions about 
their own remuneration. 

Additional fees over and above the base fee are payable to the 
chairmen of the Audit, Remuneration and Risk Committees. They 
are reviewed annually with changes effective from 1 January each 
year. The Chairman and the other Independent Non-Executive 
Directors are entitled to be reimbursed for reasonable expenses. 

Details of the fees paid for 2019 and fees planned for 2020 are set 
out in the Annual Report on Remuneration.

65

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationAnnual Report and Accounts 2019Remuneration Committee Report continued

Directors’ Service Agreements 

Executive Directors’ Service Agreements 
The key elements of the Executive Directors’ Service Agreements are summarised in the table below:

Key element

CEO Andrew Taylor

Effective date of 
Service Agreement
Notice period
Salary
Annual bonus
Pension

CEO Designate – 4 April 2018 
CEO – 23 May 2018
12 months notice given by either party
Basic salary (2019)
Discretionary performance-related
Nil

Benefits

Share schemes
Termination  
payments

Participation in Company life assurance and income 
protection schemes
Eligible to participate in Company share schemes
The Company has the discretion to make a payment of 
basic salary in lieu of notice to terminate the employment 
forthwith in the event of notice being given

Non-Executive Director Letters of Appointment 

CFO Andrew Belshaw

10 October 2014

6 months’ notice given by either party
Basic salary (2019)
Discretionary performance-related bonus
Company contributes up to 5.1% of basic salary into defined 
contribution money purchase scheme
Participation in Company life assurance and income 
protection schemes
Eligible to participate in Company share schemes
The Company has the discretion to make a payment  
of basic salary in lieu of notice to terminate the employment 
forthwith in the event of notice being given

The Non-Executive Directors have Letters of Appointment stating that their appointment is for an initial term of three years from the date 
of the appointment letter. The Letters of Appointment provide for termination of the appointment with three months’ notice by either 
party. Reappointment of Non-Executive directors is voted for at each AGM, with the most recent reappointment date being 22 May 2019.

The current Non-Executive Directors’ initial appointments commenced on the following dates:

Date of first appointment

17 June 2014
17 June 2014
17 June 2014
6 June 2014
6 June 2014
16 April 2019

Director

Richard Last
Alan Gibbins
Martin Lea
Wu Long Peng
Andrew Stone
Henrietta Marsh

66

Gamma Communications plcAnnual Report on Remuneration

This Annual Report on Remuneration sets out information about the remuneration  
of the Directors of the Company, for the year ended 31 December 2019.  
The information in this report is unaudited, unless indicated otherwise.

Remuneration Committee 
Membership 
The Remuneration Committee consisted of the following Directors 
during the year to 31 December 2019: 

Martin Lea (Chair)   

Independent Non-Executive Director 

Alan Gibbins 

Richard Last 

Henrietta Marsh 
(joined 16 April 2019)

Independent Non-Executive Director

Independent Non-Executive Director  
and Chairman of the Board

Independent Non- Executive Director  

From time to time, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial 
Officer and the Chief People Officer are invited to attend committee 
meetings. The Company Secretary acts as secretary to the 
Remuneration Committee.

Remuneration Committee responsibilities
The committee is constituted as a formal sub-committee of the 
Board and operates within its terms of reference, which are 
reviewed and updated annually. The primary role of the 
Remuneration Committee is to determine and recommend to the 
Board the remuneration policy for the Executive Directors. This 
includes base salary, annual and long-term incentive awards and 
pension arrangements. In determining the remuneration policy, the 
Remuneration Committee takes into account many factors 
including the need for a significant proportion of the Executive 
Directors’ remuneration to be structured so as to link rewards to 
business performance. The committee also is responsible for 
oversight of the remuneration of other members of the senior 
management team and supervising the workings of all of the 
Group’s share incentive plans.

Activities of the Remuneration Committee in 2019
The Committee met five times in 2019 in order to conduct the 
following main items of business: agree the annual Remuneration 
Committee report; set senior executive bonus targets for 2019; 
review and approve proposals for the 2019 all employee SAYE 
share scheme and an ongoing, evergreen, company-wide SIP 
scheme; approve senior executive bonus payments relating to 
2018 including the CEO deferred bonus award; approve the 2019 
LTIP and CSOP awards and set LTIP targets; approve the vesting of 
the 2016 LTIP options; review the projected dilution impact and 
cost of various share schemes; conduct the annual review of the 
Remuneration Committee terms of reference; consider the 2020 
Company annual salary review and any changes to overall 
Company remuneration structure review the Executive Directors’ 
and other senior executive salaries and bonus structures, and 
determine the remuneration levels for2020.

Advisors 
The Company engages external advisors from time to time, both to 
undertake benchmarking exercises relating to Directors’ 
remuneration and also to advise on broader remuneration matters. 
In 2019, the Remuneration Committee took independent advice 
from h2glenfern Remuneration Advisory. This work was principally 
to a review the Company’s level of remuneration-related disclosure 
(as reported in the in the Annual Report), and general governance. 
The cost of this work was £4,000 exclusive of VAT.

67

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationAnnual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Remuneration Committee Report continued

Remuneration of the Executive Directors (audited)

Director

Andrew Taylor

Bob Falconer

Andrew Belshaw

Year

2019
2018
2019
2018
2019

2018

Salary

£000’s

402
292
–
134
252

191

Benefits

Annual bonus

Long term 
incentive (LTIP)

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

Pension

£000’s

–
–
–
–
–

–

482
364
–
122
250

191

–
–
–
1,210
469

341

–
–
–
–
10

10

Total

£000’s

884
656
–
1,466
981

733

Andrew Belshaw received £2,417 salary in 2019 in lieu of a contribution by the Company to his pension of £2,750. Annual bonuses are 
shown on an accrued basis and include both the cash and deferred share element. The 2019 bonus includes the value of deterred shares 
to be granted in 2020.

The value of the LTIP for 2019 relates to the vesting of the 2016 LTIP awards, and the value has been calculated using the share price  
on the vesting date.

The Directors have no rights under any Company pension schemes that are designated as defined benefit schemes. 

In addition to the above, the Company provides life assurance and group income protection for the Executive Directors.

Annual performance bonus 2019.
The maximum annual bonus award opportunity for each Executive Director in respect of the year ended 31 December 2019 was 125% of 
salary for the CEO Andrew Taylor and 100% of salary for the CFO Andrew Belshaw. The structure of the bonus and the objectives for the 
Executive Directors are set out in the table and comments below.

Measure

Weighting

Threshold
£m

Maximum
  £m 

Outcome
£m

% of Bonus Payable

Payment £000s

A.Taylor

A.Belshaw

A.Taylor

A.Belshaw

Profit before tax
Personal Objectives

80%
20%

39.99
n/a

44.6
n/a

45.2
n/a

100%
80%

100%
100%

402
80

200
50

The personal objectives set for 2019 were based primarily on:

CEO: The successful conclusion of a strategic mobile partner agreement, establishing an agreed technology/supplier road map for a next 
generation product evolution and developing a management succession plan.

CFO: The strengthening of the finance team and succession plan development, planning for the further enhancement of the Group’s level 
of disclosure based on FRC code, and internal processes and documentation improvements. 

25% of Andrew Taylor’s and Andrew Belshaw’s bonuses were deferred into an award governed by the terms of the Company’s Deferred 
Bonus Plan. The vesting period for the awards under the terms of the plan is three years.

The Remuneration Committee did not exercise any discretion in determining the bonus awards.

Long Term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’). 
Vesting of 2016 LTIP awards.

Details of the share options vesting during the year are set out below:

Director

Andrew Belshaw

Total number 
of shares

44,002

%  
Vesting

100

Shares 
Vesting

44,002

Share price1
£

LTIP 
value

10.65

468,621

1 The long term incentive figure for the year has been valued using the market value of the shares that vested in 2019 at the vesting date of 13 May 2019.

The face value of the 2016 LTIP vested shares at time of award was £183,598. Of the increase in the value of the shares on vesting, 
£303,023 was as a result of share price appreciation over the period.

The 2016 LTIP was subject to a combination of performance conditions based on annual compound growth in total shareholder return 
(TSR) and annual compound growth in earnings per share (EPS) over the three-year period. Details of the performance against these 
performance conditions are shown below.

Measure

Annual 
compound 
growth in TSR
Annual 
compound 
growth in EPS

Weighting

50%

50%

8%

8%

Threshold 
performance 
(30% vesting)

Target 
performance 
(100% vesting)

Actual 
performance

15%

38.4%

Vesting
Andrew Belshaw

%  
vesting

100%

Number of  
shares

22,001

Values
£

234,310

20%

23.8%

100%

22,001

234,310

The Remuneration Committee did not exercise any discretion in determining the achievement of the performance criteria.

68

Gamma Communications plcRemuneration of the Non-Executive Directors (audited)
Director

       Directors’ Fees

         Committee Chair Fees

       Total

Richard Last
Alan Gibbins1
Martin Lea1
Henrietta Marsh2
Wu Long Peng1
Andrew Stone1

2019

£000’s

2018

£000’s

2019

£000’s

2018

£000’s

2019

£000’s

2018

£000’s

100
45
45

34

45

45

78
36
36

–

36

36

–
8
15

–

–

–

–
6
12

–

–

–

100
53
60

34

45

45

78
42
48

–

36

36

1 With effect from 1 April 2019, the Non-Executive Directors’ fees and committee chair fees were increased following a benchmarking exercise.
2 Henrietta Marsh joined the board in April 2019.

Share scheme interests awarded during the year ended 31 December 2019 (audited)
Long Term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’).

During the year ended 31 December 2019 the following LTIP awards were granted. The performance conditions are set out below the table.

2019
Director

Andrew Taylor
Andrew Belshaw

Type of scheme 
interest

Nil-cost option
Nil-cost option

Basis of award Number of awards

125% of salary
125% of salary

50,964
31,693

Vesting date1
April 2022
April 2022

Face value
of award2
502,509
312,500

Exercise price

£0.0025
£0.0025

1 The vesting date is approximately one month from the date of announcement of the Group’s results, which historically has been in March. 
2  The face value of the award has been calculated using the closing share price at the vesting commencement date, being 1 April 2019, to estimate  

the value of the incentive, as the actual value of the award will not be finalised until the closing share price is known when the incentive vests.

2018
Director

Andrew Taylor
Andrew Belshaw

Type of scheme 
interest

Nil-cost option
Nil-cost option

Basis of award Number of awards

Vesting date

£750,000
125% of salary

108,381
34,504

31 Mar 2021
31 Mar 2021

Face value
of award1
750,000
238,769

Exercise price

£0.0025
£0.0025

1  The face value of the award has been calculated using the closing share price of the day prior to the vesting commencement date to estimate the value of the 

incentive, as the actual value of the award will not be finalised until the closing share price is known when the incentive vests.

Andrew Taylor, upon his appointment as CEO received an initial award of LTIP share options valued at £750,000, which are subject to 
performance conditions. 

At the time of making an award the Remuneration Committee sets challenging long-term performance targets in order to align the interests 
of the Directors with shareholders and which, together with continuous employment conditions, must be satisfied before an award vests. 

The 2019 and 2018 LTIP awards have a performance period of three years starting from the vesting commencement date. The awards will 
vest as follows: 

•  15% of the shares if annual compound total shareholder return (“TSR”) over the performance period equals 8%, and 50% of the shares if 

annual compound TSR over the performance period equals 15% or higher with pro rata straight-line vesting in between; and 

•  15% of the shares if the annual compound growth of the Company’s adjusted earnings per share between the financial years at the 

beginning and the end of the performance period is equal to 8%, and 50% of the shares if the annual compound growth of the Company’s 
adjusted earnings per share over the same period is equal to or in excess of 20% with pro rata straight-line vesting in between.

Save As You Earn (SAYE) Share Scheme
There were no awards made to directors under the SAYE scheme during the years ended 31 December 2019, or 2018.

69

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationAnnual Report and Accounts 2019Remuneration Committee Report continued

Statement of Directors’ shareholding and share interests (audited) 
Directors’ share interests at 31 December 2019 are set out below:

2019

Executive Director

Andrew Taylor

Andrew Belshaw

Non-Executive Director

Richard Last

Alan Gibbins

Martin Lea

Henrietta Marsh

Wu Long Peng

Andrew Stone

Number  
of beneficially 
owned shares

With 
performance 
measures

Without 
performance 
measures

Vested but 
unexercised

Options

–

228,853

53,475

13,368

13,368

1,000

–

393,962

159,345

104,337

–

–

–

–

–

–

9,209

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Directors’ share interests at 31 December 2018 are set out below:

2018

Executive Director

Andrew Taylor

Andrew Belshaw

Non-Executive Director

Richard Last

Alan Gibbins

Martin Lea

Wu Long Peng

Andrew Stone

Number  
of beneficially 
owned shares

With 
performance 
measures

Without 
performance 
measures

Vested but 
unexercised

Options

–

228,853

53,475

13,368

13,368

–

200,000

108,381

116,646

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Exercised  
during  
the year

–

44,002

–

–

–

–

–

–

Exercised  
during  
the year

–

48,675

–

–

–

–

–

Performance graph and table
The Remuneration Committee has chosen to compare the TSR of the Company’s ordinary shares against the AIM 100 Index because this 
index consists of the most comparable companies to the Group. The values indicated in the graph show the share price growth plus 
re-invested dividends from a £100 hypothetical holding of ordinary shares in Gamma Communications plc from the date of IPO.

1,000

800

600

400

200

0

70

4
1
0
2
/
0
1
/
3
1

4
1
0
2
/
2
1
/
3
1

5
1
0
2
/
2
0
/
3
1

5
1
0
2
/
4
0
/
3
1

5
1
0
2
/
6
0
/
3
1

5
1
0
2
/
8
0
/
3
1

5
1
0
2
/
0
1
/
3
1

5
1
0
2
/
2
1
/
3
1

6
1
0
2
/
2
0
/
3
1

6
1
0
2
/
4
0
/
3
1

6
1
0
2
/
6
0
/
3
1

6
1
0
2
/
8
0
/
3
1

6
1
0
2
/
0
1
/
3
1

6
1
0
2
/
2
1
/
3
1

7
1
0
2
/
2
0
/
3
1

7
1
0
2
/
4
0
/
3
1

7
1
0
2
/
6
0
/
3
1

7
1
0
2
/
8
0
/
3
1

7
1
0
2
/
0
1
/
3
1

7
1
0
2
/
2
1
/
3
1

8
1
0
2
/
2
0
/
3
1

8
1
0
2
/
4
0
/
3
1

8
1
0
2
/
6
0
/
3
1

8
1
0
2
/
8
0
/
3
1

8
1
0
2
/
0
1
/
3
1

8
1
0
2
/
2
1
/
3
1

9
1
0
2
/
2
0
/
3
1

9
1
0
2
/
4
0
/
3
1

9
1
0
2
/
6
0
/
3
1

9
1
0
2
/
8
0
/
3
1

9
1
0
2
/
0
1
/
3
1

9
1
0
2
/
2
1
/
3
1

Gamma Communications PLC – TSR

AIM 100 – TSR

Gamma Communications plcChief Executive’s historical remuneration (audited)
The table below sets out the total remuneration of the Chief Executive over the last five years valued using the methodology applied to the 
single total figure remuneration.

Director

CEO

Total remuneration

Annual bonus  
payment level achieved  
(% of maximum opportunity

LTIP Vesting  
level achieved  
(% of maximum opportunity)

2019
20181

2017
2016

2015

2014

Andrew Taylor
Andrew Taylor
Bob Falconer
Bob Falconer
Bob Falconer

Bob Falconer

Bob Falconer

£884,408
£655,990
£1,466,688
£2,243,428
£599,760

£2,320,287

£544,793

96%
100%
100%
100%
100%

100%

100%

N/A
N/A
92.83%2
100%
N/A3
N/A3
N/A3

1 Bob Falconer retired as CEO on 23 May 2018 and was replaced by Andrew Taylor.
2  92.827% represents the blended rate for the vesting of Bob Falconer’s 2015, 2016 and 2017 LTIP schemes. These schemes achieved performance vesting 

percentages of 93.875%, 91.847% and 90.046% respectively.

3 Share options schemes prior to the 2015 LTIP scheme (which vested in 2017) did not have performance conditions attached to them.

Percentage change in remuneration of Director undertaking the role of CEO.
The table below outlines the increase in salary, other pay and benefits and annual bonus for the year ended 31 December 2018 and 2019 
for Andrew Taylor in comparison to the wider workforce.

2019
Director
Salary, other pay and benefits1
Annual bonus

% increase in CEO remuneration in 2019 
compared with 2018

% increase in employee remuneration in 
2019 compared with 2018

2.0%
-2.1%

3.1%
4.8%

1   In calculating the Group CEO data for 2018, we have used the annual equivalent remuneration amount of £394k for Andrew Taylor, who was appointed on 23 May 2018, 

to provide a true comparison.

Pay ratio information in relation to the total remuneration of the director undertaking the role of CEO
The table below sets out the ratio of the total remuneration received by the Group CEO to the total remuneration received by our UK 
employees at the median, 25th and 75th percentiles. 

Method

Option A

Year

2019

Pay data

Group CEO
UK employees 25th percentile

UK employees 50th percentile

UK employees 75th percentile

25th percentile pay ratio

50th percentile pay ratio

75th percentile pay ratio

31.9x

Base salary

£402,008
£25,545

£34,962

£56,100

23.2x

14.4x

Total pay and benefits

£884,408
£27,688

£38,177

£61,268

1.  “Option A” methodology was selected on the basis that it provides the most robust and statistically accurate means of identifying the 

median, lower and upper quartile colleagues.

2.  The Group Chief Executive remuneration is the total single figure remuneration for the year ended 31 December 2019 contained on page 68.

3. The workforce comparison is based on actual payroll data for the period 1 January 2019 to 31 December 2019.

4.  The total single figure remuneration calculated for each employee includes full-time equivalent base pay, annual bonuses for the 2019 

performance year, overtime, benefits, allowances and employer pension contributions.

5. Part-time workers have been included by calculating the full-time equivalent value of their pay and benefits.

6. Leavers, joiners and employees on reduced pay (due to sick pay, maternity leave, etc.) have been included.

71

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationAnnual Report and Accounts 2019Remuneration Committee Report continued

Relative importance of spend on pay (audited)
The following table shows the Group’s actual spend on pay for all Group employees relative to dividends and underlying pre-tax profit.

Overall spend on pay, including Executive Directors (£m)
Capital expenditure1
Dividends (£m)

2019
£m

67.2
12.4
9.2

2018
£m

55.8
12.7
8.1

Change
%

+20%
-2%
+14%

1 Capital expenditure has been included in the above table as it represents a key expenditure, being the Group’s investment in infrastructure to drive future growth.

Implementation of remuneration policy in the financial year 2020.
There have not been any material changes to the way in which the remuneration policy of the Group has been implemented in 2020.

Executive Directors
The following table summarises the Executive Director remuneration package for 2020

Director

Andrew Taylor
Andrew Belshaw

Salary 
£000’s

412
256

Benefits

Maximum annual bonus 
opportunity (% of salary)

Maximum LTIP 
opportunity (% of salary)

Maximum pension 
contribution (% of salary)

–
–

125%
100%

125%
125%

–
5.1%

Salary: With effect from 1 January 2020, the salaries of the Executive Directors were increased by 2.5%.

Benefits: There were no changes to the benefits arrangements for the year commencing 1 January 2020.

Annual performance bonus: The maximum annual bonus opportunity remains the same as it was in the prior year. The performance 
measures and weightings are similar to the prior year with 80% of the maximum potential bonus being based on growth in adjusted profit 
before tax, and 20% based on personal objectives. The specific targets for the annual bonus for 2020 will be disclosed in the 2020 Annual 
Report on Remuneration. 

Pension: There were no changes to the pension arrangements for the year commencing 1 January 2020

Long term incentive (LTIP): It is anticipated that further performance-based share option awards will be made in April 2020. The Committee 
will determine the levels, performance conditions, weighting and targets to be applied at the time of the award and will disclose them in the 
2020 Annual Report.

Non-Executive Directors
The Non-Executive Directors’ general fees were increased by 2.5% from the 1 January 2020. There was no increase to the Committee 
Chair fees at that time.

The following table summarises the 2020 Non-Executive Director fees.

Director

Richard Last
Alan Gibbins
Martin Lea
Henrietta Marsh
Wu Long Peng
Andrew Stone

Directors’ Fees
£000s

Committee Chair Fees
£000s

£ Total Fees
000s

102
49
49
49
49
49

–
8
16
–
–
–

102
57
65
49
49
49

Statement of Voting
During the 2019 AGM, a motion was set for the shareholders to approve on an advisory only basis the Directors’ Remuneration Report. 
99.3% votes were cast in favour of the motion. 

This Remuneration Committee report will be put to an advisory vote at the forthcoming 2020 AGM. This report was approved by the Board 
of Directors on 16 March 2020 and signed on its behalf by:

Martin Lea 
Remuneration Committee Chairman 
16 March 2020

72

Gamma Communications plcDirectors’ Report

Directors’ Report

The Directors present their Annual Report, 
together with the Group’s audited financial 
statements for the year ended 31 December 2019.

The Corporate Governance Statement set out on pages 46 to 47 
forms part of this report.

Details of any significant events since the reporting date are included 
in note 33 to the financial statements. An indication of likely future 
developments in the business of the Company and details of research 
and development activities are included in the Strategic Report.

Information about the use of financial instruments by the Company 
and its subsidiaries is given in note 30 to the financial statements.

Dividends
The Directors recommend a final dividend of 7.0p per ordinary 
share (2018: 6.2p) to be paid on Thursday 18 June 2020 to ordinary 
shareholders on the register on Friday 29 May 2020 which, 
together with the interim dividend of 3.5p (2018: 3.1p), makes a total 
of 10.5p for the year (2018: 9.3p).

Capital structure
Details of the authorised and issued share capital of the Company and 
options over shares of the Company are set out in notes 27 and 29 to 
the Group financial statements. Over the period, the Company had 
four share incentive schemes by which Directors and employees may: 

(i)   be granted options under a long term incentive plan (LTIP) to 

subscribe for nil cost shares in the Company;

(ii)   be granted options under the Company Share Option Plan 

(CSOP);

(iii) be issued shares under a Share Incentive Plan (SIP); and

(iv) be granted options under a Save As You Earn plan (SAYE).

The maximum aggregate number of shares which may be issued in 
respect of these schemes is limited to 10% of the issued share capital.

Composition of the Group
Details concerning subsidiary undertakings are given in note 17 to 
the Group financial statements.

Directors
The names and biographies of the Directors during the year and up 
to the date of signing are disclosed on pages 48 to 49.

Directors’ interest in share capital
The Directors’ interest in share capital is shown within the Annual 
Report on Remuneration.

Directors’ indemnities
The Company has made qualifying third-party indemnity provisions for 
the benefit of its Directors of the Company and its subsidiaries which 
were made during the year and remain in force at the date of this report.

Going concern
The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to 
affect its future development, performance and position, are set 
out in the Strategic Report. The financial position of the Group, its 
cash flows, liquidity position and borrowing facilities are described 
in the Financial review section of the Strategic Report and in note 
23. Further information on the Group’s exposure to financial risks 
and the management thereof is provided in note 23.

The Board’s review of the accounts, budgets and financial plan leads 
the Directors to believe that the Group has sufficient resources to 
continue in operation for the foreseeable future. The Directors have 
considered the impact of Brexit and believe the impact on the Group 
will be low. The Group has minimal cross-border trading and deals 
predominantly in Sterling. The European acquisitions will continue 

to run independently though there could be an impact of foreign 
exchange translation though this is not anticipated to be material 
given the size of the overseas operation. The financial accounts are 
therefore prepared on a going concern basis.

Treasury policy
The objective of the Group’s treasury policy is to manage the 
Group’s financial risk and to minimise the adverse effects of 
fluctuations in the financial markets on the value of the Group’s 
financial assets and liabilities, on reported profitability and on the 
cash flows of the Group. Note 23 sets out the particular risks to 
which the Group is exposed, and how these are managed.

Interests in contracts
There have been no contracts or arrangements during the financial 
year in which a Director of the Company was materially interested 
and which were significant in relation to the Group’s business.

Health, safety, the environment and the community
The Group has a formal Health, Safety and Environmental Policy 
which requires all operations within the Group to pursue economic 
development whilst protecting the environment. The Directors aim 
not to damage the environment of the areas in which the Group 
operates, to meet all relevant regulatory and legislative 
requirements and to apply responsible standards of its own where 
relevant laws and regulations do not exist.

It is the policy of the Group to consider the health and welfare of 
employees by maintaining a safe place and system of work as required 
by legislation in each of the countries where the Group operates.

Political contributions
No political contributions were made in the year (2018: £nil).

Disabled employees
Applications for employment by disabled persons are always fully 
considered, bearing in mind the aptitudes of the applicant concerned. 
In the event of members of staff becoming disabled every effort is 
made to ensure that their employment with the Group continues and 
that appropriate training is arranged. It is the policy of the Group that 
the training, career development and promotion of disabled persons 
should, as far as possible, be identical to that of other employees.

Auditors and their independence
A resolution to appoint auditors for the year to 31 December 2020 
will be proposed at the AGM. The Company has a policy for 
approval by the Audit Committee of non-audit services by the 
auditor, to preserve independence.

Disclosure of information to the auditor
Each of the persons who is a Director at the date of approval of this 
Annual Report confirms that:

•  so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit 

information of which the Company’s auditor is unaware; and

•  the Director has taken all the steps that he/she ought to have 

taken as a Director in order to make himself/herself aware of any 
relevant audit information and to establish that the Company’s 
auditor is aware of that information.

This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in accordance 
with the provisions of s418 of the Companies Act 2006.

Deloitte LLP have expressed their willingness to continue in office 
as auditor and a resolution to reappoint them will be proposed at 
the forthcoming Annual General Meeting.

Approved and authorised by the Board.

By order of the Board,

Andrew Belshaw 
Chief Financial Officer 
16 March 2020

73

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationAnnual Report and Accounts 2019 
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities 

The Directors are responsible for preparing the 
Annual Report and the financial statements in 
accordance with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements 
for each financial year. Under that law the Directors are required to 
prepare the Group financial statements in accordance with 
International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRSs’) as adopted by 
the European Union and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation and have 
elected to prepare the parent company financial statements in 
accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting 
Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards and applicable 
law) including FRS 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’. Under 
company law the Directors must not approve the accounts unless 
they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of 
affairs of the Company and of the profit or loss of the Company for 
that period.

In preparing the parent company financial statements, the 
Directors are required to:

• 

• 

• 

• 

 select suitable accounting policies and then apply them 
consistently;

 make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable 
and prudent;

 state whether applicable UK Accounting Standards have been 
followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and 
explained in the financial statements; and

 prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis 
unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Company will 
continue in business.

In preparing the Group financial statements, International 
Accounting Standard 1 requires that Directors:

• 

• 

• 

 properly select and apply accounting policies;

 present information, including accounting policies, in a manner 
that provides relevant, reliable, comparable and understandable 
information;

 provide additional disclosures when compliance with the specific 
requirements in IFRSs is insufficient to enable users to 
understand the impact of particular transactions, other events 
and conditions on the entity’s financial position and financial 
performance; and

• 

 make an assessment of the Company’s ability to continue as a 
going concern.

74

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the 
financial position of the Company and enable them to ensure that 
the financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. 
They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the 
Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention 
and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of 
the corporate and financial information included on the Company’s 
website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the 
preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ 
from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Responsibility statement
We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:

• 

• 

• 

 the financial statements, prepared in accordance with the 
relevant financial reporting framework, give a true and fair view of 
the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the 
Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation 
taken as a whole;

 the Strategic Report includes a fair review of the development 
and performance of the business and the position of the 
Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation 
taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal risks 
and uncertainties that they face; and

 the Annual Report and financial statements, taken as a whole, are 
fair, balanced and understandable and provide the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s position 
and performance, business model and strategy.

This responsibility statement was approved by the Board of 
Directors and is signed on its behalf by:

Andrew Belshaw 
Chief Financial Officer  
16 March 2020

Gamma Communications plcFinancial 
Statements

Contents 
Independent auditor’s report 

76

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income  80

Consolidated statement of financial position 

Consolidated statement of cash flows 

Consolidated statement of changes in equity 

Notes forming part of the financial statements 

Company statement of financial position 

Company statement of changes in equity 

Notes forming part of the Company financial 
statements 

81

82

83

84

113

114

115

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
r
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c

i

a

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

l

S
u
p
p
e
m
e
n
t
a
r
y

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

75

Annual Report and Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
Financial statements

Independent auditor’s report to the  
members of Gamma Communications plc
Report on the audit of the financial statements

3.Summary of our audit approach
Key audit  
matters

1. Opinion
In our opinion:

•  the financial statements of Gamma Communications plc (the 

‘parent company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘group’) give a true and 
fair view of the state of the group’s and of the parent company’s 
affairs as at 31 December 2019 and of the group’s profit for the 
year then ended;

•  the group financial statements have been properly prepared in 
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 
(IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union;

•  the parent company financial statements have been properly 

prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally 
Accepted Accounting Practice, including Financial Reporting 
Standard 101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework”; and

Materiality

Scoping

•  the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with 

the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements which comprise:

•  the consolidated statement of comprehensive income;

•  the consolidated and parent company statement of financial 

position;

•  the consolidated and parent company statements of changes 

Significant 
changes in 
our approach

The key audit matters that we identified in the current 
year were:
•  revenue: accuracy of volume and pricing of indirect 

usage revenue

•  acquired intangible assets: impairment review.

Within this report, key audit matters are identified 
as follows:

 Newly identified
  Increased level of risk
 Similar level of risk
  Decreased level of risk

The materiality that we used for the group financial 
statements was £2.3m which was determined on the 
basis of 5% of profit before tax.
We have audited the entire UK group with the 
exception of one location, being the newly acquired 
Telsis Communication Services Limited. We have 
performed analytical review procedures over the 
remainder of the Group. The split between full audit 
procedures and analytical reviews is presented within 
our overview of the scope of the audit.
In the prior year we identified a key audit matter in 
relation to the judgement relating to retail customer 
contracts and the most sensitive assumptions in the 
valuation, being the attrition rate and discount rate 
upon the acquisition of DX Groep B.V. Given this 
acquisition occurred in the prior year it is no longer 
a key audit matter.
In the year we noted a downturn in performance of 
Dean One, resulting in the identification of impairment 
indicators. As a result, we have specifically identified 
the revenue growth assumptions in the customer 
relationship intangible asset valuation model to be 
a key audit matter. 

in equity;

•  the consolidated cash flow statement;

•  the group’s related notes 1 to 34.

•  the company’s related notes 1 to 11.

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the 
preparation of the group financial statements is applicable law and 
IFRSs as adopted by the European Union. The financial reporting 
framework that has been applied in the preparation of the parent 
company financial statements is applicable law and United 
Kingdom Accounting Standards, including FRS 101 “Reduced 
Disclosure Framework (United Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice).

2. Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards 
on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities 
under those standards are further described in the auditor’s 
responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of 
our report. 

We are independent of the group and the parent company in 
accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our 
audit of the financial statements in the UK, including the Financial 
Reporting Council’s (the ‘FRC’s’) Ethical Standard as applied to 
listed entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities 
in accordance with these requirements. 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient 
and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

76

4. Conclusions relating to going concern
We are required by ISAs (UK) to report in respect of the following 
matters where:

•  the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in 
preparation of the financial statements is not appropriate; or 

•  the directors have not disclosed in the financial statements any 
identified material uncertainties that may cast significant doubt 
about the group’s or the parent company’s ability to continue to 
adopt the going concern basis of accounting for a period of at 
least twelve months from the date when the financial statements 
are authorised for issue.

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.

5. Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional 
judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant 
assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to 
fraud) that we identified. These matters included those which  
had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation 
of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the 
engagement team.

These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the 
financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, 
and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

Gamma Communications plc 
 
 
 
5.1. Revenue: accuracy of volume and pricing of indirect usage revenue 

Key audit matter 
description

How the scope  
of our audit 
responded to the 
key audit matter

Key  
observations

Usage revenue is calculated based on the volume traffic of calls and associated pricing. The accurate measurement of the 
volume of traffic as well as the accuracy of the pricing, which is applied against these volumes to determine the value of 
revenues has been identified as the key audit matter.
In 2019 the group’s revenues were £328.9m (2018: £284.9m) of which usage revenue represents £73.3m (2018: £65.3m). 
The group’s revenue recognition principles are disclosed in note 1. 
We have obtained an understanding of the relevant controls surrounding the volume and pricing of indirect usage revenue 
and tested the operating effectiveness of these controls, specifically the rate change reviews, the revenue reconciliations 
performed (including the reviews thereof), and the analysis of monthly revenue trends. 
Specialist IT auditors have supported our assessment of the relevant automated controls, the most critical of which being 
the matching of the rates input and call data records (CDR) automatically within the system to calculate the billing per 
transaction. 
We have tested the volumes and prices involved in usage revenues by tracing a sample of invoice information to call data 
records. We recalculated the revenue in relation to the calls by multiplying the appropriate rate against the minutes.
In addition we performed an expectation of total revenues for the year based on the month-on-month trends, movements in 
minutes as well as rate fluctuations. We compared this expectation to actual revenues, with any differences outside of our 
threshold investigated further.
We also traced a sample of credit notes raised post year end to supporting documentation to test for possible 
overstatement of revenue.
Based on our procedures, we conclude that no material misstatements were identified in respect of the accuracy of the 
volume of traffic and pricing data used in the indirect usage revenue stream.

5.2. Acquired intangible assets: valuation 

Key audit  
matter  
description

How the scope  
of our audit 
responded  
to the key  
audit matter

Key  
observations

During 2018 the group acquired DX Groep B.V. (DX). This resulted in the group recognising intangible assets and goodwill of 
£16.6m and £7.2m respectively.
During 2019 there has been a decline in performance of DX. A key factor behind this has been a more significant than 
expected decline in ISDN revenues.
As a result of the decline in performance, Management have considered the individual intangible assets and goodwill 
recognised upon acquisition for impairment. 
In making their assessment, Management exercised significant judgement around the discount rates, growth rates and 
attrition rates used in their forecasts.
This resulted in an impairment to the intangible assets and goodwill of £3.9m and £4.2m respectively, with an equivalent 
reduction in contingent consideration.
As such, based on the sensitivities included within Management’s model, we have identified the growth assumptions, as well 
as the discount rate applied in the impairment model, to be a key audit matter.
Throughout the year, we have considered whether any indicators of impairment existed, which included a consideration of 
the: macroeconomic environment; business performance; and other factors that may impact the recoverable amount of the 
customer contract intangible assets. We have also gained an understanding of the controls and the implementation thereof, 
related to management’s assessment of the recoverable amount of the customer contract intangible assets.
At 30 June 2019, where an indicator of impairment was identified, we obtained, reviewed and challenged management’s 
impairment review, which included:
•  recalculating the implied rate of return used based on the latest forecasts and consideration;
•  benchmarking the implied EBITDA multiple;
•  testing the mathematical accuracy of the models;
•  assessing the business’ historical performance and forecasting accuracy;
•  challenging management’s assumptions, including those related to revenue growth;
•  recalculating the total impairment charge to be recognised; and
•  assessing the completeness and accuracy of the disclosures made in the financial statements.
Based on our procedures, we concur with the impairment charge recognised in the year and that the remaining carrying 
value of goodwill and other intangibles is recoverable.

6. Our application of materiality
6.1. Materiality
We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that makes it probable that the economic decisions of 
a reasonably knowledgeable person would be changed or influenced. We use materiality both in planning the scope of our audit work and 
in evaluating the results of our work.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Materiality
Basis for 
determining 
materiality
Rationale for  
the benchmark 
applied

Group financial statements
£2.3m (2018: £1.8m)
5% (2018: 5%) of statutory profit before tax 

Parent company financial statements
£1.1m (2018: £1.2m)
2% (2018: 2%) of net assets

We chose this measure as it is the primary statutory 
measurement used by the users of the accounts and key 
stakeholders to measure the performance of the Group.

Net assets has been chosen as the benchmark as it is 
considered the most relevant benchmark for an investment 
holding company.

77

Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSupplementary information 
Financial statements continued

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them all 
audit differences in excess of £112k (2018: £86k), as well as differences 
below that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative 
grounds. We also report to the Audit Committee on disclosure matters 
that we identified when assessing the overall presentation of the 
financial statements. 

PBT £45.2m  

PBT

Group materiality

Group materiality £2.3m  

Component materiality
range £1.4 to £0.6m

Audit Committee reporting 
threshold £0.11m

6.2. Performance materiality
We set performance materiality at a level lower than materiality 
to reduce the probability that, in aggregate, uncorrected and 
undetected misstatements exceed the materiality for the 
financial statements as a whole. Group performance materiality 
was set at 70% of group materiality for the 2019 audit (2018: 70%). 
In determining performance materiality, we considered the 
following factors:

a.  Our historical knowledge of the entity’s business and our ability 

to forecast misstatements,

b.  The reliability of the entity’s internal control over financial 

reporting,

c. Low turnover of key accounting personnel in previous years,

d.  The entity’s history of misstatements, both corrected and 

uncorrected,

e.  Management’s willingness to investigate and correct these 

misstatements.

6.3. Error reporting threshold
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to the 
Committee all audit differences in excess of £112k (2018: £86k), as 
well as differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted 
reporting on qualitative grounds. We also report to the Audit 
Committee on disclosure matters that we identified when 
assessing the overall presentation of the financial statements.

7. An overview of the scope of our audit
7.1. Scoping 
Our Group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the 
Group and its environment, including controls, and assessing the 
risks of material misstatement at the Group level. Based on that 
assessment, we have focused our Group audit scope primarily 
on the audit work at 4 components (2018: 4). These 4 components 
represent the principal business units and account for 96% of 
the Group’s revenue, 99% of the Group’s pre-tax profit and 99% 
of the Group’s net assets. They have therefore been assessed as 
the most financially significant components within the Group, 
with review procedures performed over all other entities. The 
component materialities ranged from £0.6m to £1.4m, with Gamma 
Telecoms Limited being the largest single component.

At the parent entity level we also tested the consolidation process 
and carried out analytical procedures to confirm our conclusion 
that there were no significant risks of material misstatement of the 
aggregated financial information of the remaining components not 
subject to audit.

4%

1%

1%

Revenue

Profit before tax

Net assets

96%

99%

99%

Full audit scope

Review at Group level

7.2. Our consideration of the control environment
We have placed reliance on IT controls as part of our significant risk 
testing over revenue, the most critical of which being the matching 
of the rates input and call data records records within the system to 
calculate the billing per each transaction. We have also tested the 
operationg effectiveness of a number of revenue controls, 
specifically in relation to rate-change reviews, the revenue 
reconciliations performed thereof, and the analysis of monthly 
revenue trends. Deloitte placed a reliance on these controls as part 
of our revenue approach specifically in relation to the indirect 
revenue stream. We did not rely on controls for other parts of our 
audit, and instead took a fully substantive approach. 

78

Gamma Communications plc8. Other information
The directors are responsible for the other information. The other 
information comprises the information included in the annual 
report, other than the financial statements and our auditor’s 
report thereon.

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other 
information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in 
our report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion 
thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our 
responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, 
consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent 
with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the 
audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.

If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material 
misstatements, we are required to determine whether there is a 
material misstatement in the financial statements or a material 
misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work we 
have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement 
of this other information, we are required to report that fact.

Report on other legal and regulatory requirements

11.  Opinions on other matters prescribed by the  

Companies Act 2006

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course  
of the audit:

•  the information given in the strategic report and the directors’ 

report for the financial year for which the financial statements are 
prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and

•  the strategic report and the directors’ report have been prepared 

in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and 
the parent company and their environment obtained in the course 
of the audit, we have not identified any material misstatements in 
the strategic report or the directors’ report.

12. Matters on which we are required to report by exception
12.1. Adequacy of explanations received and accounting records
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, 
in our opinion:

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we 

9. Responsibilities of Directors
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement, 
the directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial 
statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair 
view, and for such internal control as the directors determine is 
necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that 
are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible 
for assessing the group’s and the parent company’s ability to 
continue as a going concern, disclosing as applicable, matters 
related to going concern and using the going concern basis of 
accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the group 
or the parent company or to cease operations, or have no realistic 
alternative but to do so.

10.  Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the  

financial statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about  
whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s 
report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high 
level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in 
accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement 
when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are 
considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could 
reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of 
users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of  
the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at:  
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms  
part of our auditor’s report.

require for our audit; or

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent 

company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been 
received from branches not visited by us; or

•  the parent company financial statements are not in agreement 

with the accounting records and returns.

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.

12.2. Directors’ remuneration
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are also required to report if in 
our opinion certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration have not 
been made.

We have nothing to report in respect of this matter.

13. Use of our report
This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in 
accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. 
Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the 
company’s members those matters we are required to state to 
them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest 
extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility 
to anyone other than the company and the company’s members as 
a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we 
have formed.

Andrew Bond FCA
(Senior Statutory Auditor) 
for and on behalf of Deloitte LLP 
Statutory Auditor 
Reading, United Kingdom 
16 March 2020

79

Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationFinancial statements continued

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income 
For the year ended 31 December 2019

Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Operating expenses

Earnings before depreciation, amortisation and exceptional items
Exceptional items
Earnings before depreciation and amortisation
Depreciation and amortisation (excluding business combinations)
Amortisation arising due to business combination

Profit from operations
Finance income
Finance expense
Profit before tax
Tax expense
Profit after tax
Other comprehensive loss
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to the income statement (net of tax effect)
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

Total comprehensive income attributable to the owners of the parent

Earnings per share 
Basic per Ordinary Share (pence)
Diluted per Ordinary Share (pence)

 Adjusted earnings per share is shown in note 12. 

All income recognised during the year was generated from continuing operations.

The notes on pages 84 to 112 form part of these financial statements. 

Notes
4

8

7
7

10
10

11

12
12

2019  
£m
328.9
(162.4)
166.5
(121.0)

63.5
(0.9)
62.6
(15.1)
(2.0)

45.5
0.1
(0.4)
45.2
(10.7)
34.5

(0.4)

34.1

36.6
36.1

2018  
£m
284.9
(152.7)
132.2
(97.8)

48.3
–
48.3
(13.5)
(0.4)

34.4
0.3
(0.2)
34.5
(6.1)
28.4

(0.2)

28.2

30.3
30.0

80

Gamma Communications plcConsolidated statement of financial position 
As at 31 December 2019

Assets
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Right of use assets
Intangible assets
Deferred tax assets
Trade and other receivables

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Other payables
Provisions
Lease liabilities
Contract liabilities
Contingent consideration
Deferred tax

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Provisions
Lease liabilities
Contract liabilities
Contingent consideration
Current tax

Total liabilities

Issued capital and reserves attributable to owners of the parent
Share capital
Share premium reserve
Merger reserve
Share option reserve
Foreign exchange reserve
Own shares
Retained earnings
Total equity
Total equity and liabilities

Notes

14
15
16
26
20

19
20
21

22
24
25

30 
26

22
24
25

30

27
28
28
28
28
28
28

2019 
£m

32.1
11.4
37.4
3.0
15.0
98.9

8.1
77.5
53.9
139.5
238.4

0.2
0.8
11.3
9.1
1.1
3.9
26.4

46.1
0.9
1.3
8.0
1.5
1.7
59.5
85.9

0.2
6.6
2.3
3.8
(0.6)
(0.7)
140.9
152.5
238.4

2018 
£m

31.8
4.2
38.0
4.4
11.9
90.3

6.2
62.8
35.5
104.5
194.8

0.3
1.2
2.9
8.5
8.1
3.9
24.9

37.2
1.0
1.5
7.9
–
0.6
48.2
73.1

0.2
4.6
2.3
3.2
(0.2)
(0.8)
112.4
121.7
194.8

The financial statements on pages 80 to 83 were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 16 March 2020 and were 
signed on its behalf by:

Andrew Belshaw
Chief Financial Officer

The notes on pages 84 to 112 form part of these financial statements. 

81

Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationNotes

14
15
16

10
10

14
16

18

13

2019  
£m

45.2

9.8
1.7
13.7
(7.2)
2.6
(0.1)
0.4
66.1

(16.7)
(1.9)
6.3
0.7
(0.5)
54.0
(7.5)
46.5

(9.9)
(2.5)
0.1
(7.5)

(19.8)

(1.1)
2.0
(9.2)

(8.3)

18.4
35.5

53.9

2018  
£m

34.5

8.7
1.4
3.8
–
1.9
(0.3)
0.2
50.2

(1.7)
(3.0)
(5.7)
0.4
0.4
40.6
(4.3)
36.3

(10.2)
(2.5)
0.3
(11.1)

(23.5)

(1.6)
0.8
(8.1)

(8.9)

3.9
31.6

35.5

Financial statements continued

Consolidated statement of cash flows 
For the year ended 31 December 2019 

Cash flows from operating activities
Profit for the year before tax
Adjustments for:
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Depreciation of right of use asset
Amortisation and reduction in value of intangible assets
Change in fair value of contingent consideration
Share based payment expense
Interest income
Finance cost

(Increase) in trade and other receivables
(Increase) in inventories
Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables
Increase in contract liabilities
Increase/(decrease) in provisions and employee benefits
Cash generated by operations
Taxes paid
Net cash flows from operating activities

Investing activities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Purchase of intangible assets
Interest received
Acquisition of subsidiaries net of cash acquired

Net cash used in investing activities

Financing activities
Lease liability repayments
Share issues
Dividends

Net cash used in financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

The notes on pages 84 to 112 form part of these financial statements. 

82

Gamma Communications plcConsolidated statement of changes in equity 
For the year ended 31 December 2019

1 January 2018 
Change in accounting policy
Issue of shares
Recognition of share based payment expense
Tax on share based payment expense:
 Current tax 
 Deferred tax 
Dividend paid 
Transaction with owners

Profit for the year
Other comprehensive loss
Total comprehensive (loss)/income

31 December 2018

1 January 2019 
Issue of shares
Investment in own shares
Recognition of share based payment expense
Tax on share based payment expense:
 Current tax 
 Deferred tax 
Dividend paid
Transaction with owners

Profit for the year
Other comprehensive (loss)/income
Total comprehensive (loss)/income

Total 
equity  
£m
95.3
3.8
0.8
1.4

0.7
(0.4)
(8.1)
(1.8)

28.4
(0.2)
28.2

Notes

Share 
capital  
£m
0.2
–
–
–

 Share 
premium 
reserve 
£m
3.8
–
0.8
–

Merger 
reserve 
£m
2.3
–
–
–

Share 
option 
reserve 
£m
2.8
–
(1.0)
1.4

Foreign 
exchange 
reserve 
£m
–
–
–
–

Own 
shares  
£m
(0.8)
–
–
–

Retained 
earnings 
£m
87.0
3.8
1.0
–

13

13

–
–
–
–

–
–
–

0.2

0.2
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–
0.8

–
–
–

4.6

4.6
2.0
–
–

–
–
–
2.0

–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–

2.3

2.3
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–
0.4

–
–
–

3.2

3.2
(1.4)
–
2.0

–
–
–
0.6

–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
(0.2)
(0.2)

–
–
–
–

–
–
–

0.7
(0.4)
(8.1)
(3.0)

28.4
–
28.4

(0.2)

(0.8)

112.4

121.7

(0.2)
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
(0.4)
(0.4)

(0.8)
–
0.1
–

–
–
–
0.1

–
–
–

112.4
1.3
–
–

1.0
0.9
(9.2)
(6.0)

34.5
–
34.5

121.7
1.9
0.1
2.0

1.0
0.9
(9.2)
(3.3)

34.5
(0.4)
34.1

31 December 2019

0.2

6.6

2.3

3.8

(0.6)

(0.7)

140.9

152.5

The notes on pages 84 to 112 form part of these financial statements. 

83

Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationFinancial statements continued

Notes forming part of the financial statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2019

1. Accounting policies

Basis of preparation
These financial statements are prepared in accordance with the 
Companies Act 2006 and International Financial Reporting 
Standards (‘IFRS’), issued by the International Accounting 
Standards Board (‘IASB’) as adopted by the European Union (‘EU’). 
The financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis 
and have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for 
certain financial instruments which have been measured at fair 
value.

The financial statements are presented in Pounds Sterling and, 
unless otherwise stated, have been rounded to the nearest 
0.1 million (£m).

The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of the 
financial statements are set out below. The policies have been 
consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise 
stated.

Going concern
A detailed annual budget and quarterly reforecasts for the next 
12-month period are prepared for review by the Board. The Group 
continues to be profitable and cash generative and has a significant 
cash balance of £53.9m (2018: £35.5m) and is not reliant on any 
debt facilities. Therefore, at the time of approving the financial 
statements, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the 
Company and the Group have adequate resources to continue in 
operational existence for the foreseeable future.

The Directors have considered Brexit and believe the impact on the 
Group will be low. The Group has minimal cross border trading; 
volatility in the exchange rates has been considered but it is not 
considered to be a material risk. The European companies will 
continue to operate independently in their local currencies. The 
Group is highly profitable and has cash reserves which will protect 
the Group if there is a wider economic impact. Thus it continues to 
adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the 
financial statements.

Basis of consolidation
The Group financial statements consolidate the financial 
statements of Gamma Communications plc (‘the Company’) and 
the entities controlled by the Company (its subsidiaries). All 
subsidiaries have a reporting date of 31 December. On acquisition 
the Telsis group (consisting of Telsis Direct Limited, Telsis 
Communication Services Limited, Telsis Services Limited and 
Telsis GmbH) had a period end of 24 November 2019, this will be 
amended to 31 December with the first reporting period being an 
extended period to 31 December 2020. The period since 
acquisition to 31 December 2019 has been included in 
consolidation. 

All transactions and balances between Group companies are 
eliminated on consolidation, including unrealised gains and losses 
on transactions between Group companies.

Profit or loss and other comprehensive income of subsidiaries 
acquired or disposed of during the year are recognised from the 
effective date of acquisition, or up to the effective date of disposal, 
as applicable.

The consolidated financial statements consist of the results of the 
entities shown in note 17.

Exemption from audit
For the year ending 31 December 2019 the following UK 
subsidiaries will take advantage of the audit exemption under 
s479A of the Companies Act 2006.

Subsidiary name
Gamma Telecom Holdings Limited
Gamma Telecom Limited
Gamma Business Communications Limited
Gamma Network Solutions Limited
Uniworld Bureau Services Limited

Company 
registration 
number
04287779
04340834
02998021
06783485
07136383

For the year ending 31 December 2019, Gamma Communications 
Europe B.V. and DX Groep B.V. were entitled to exemption from 
preparation of consolidated financial statements under Section 
408 of the Dutch Civil Code (consolidation exemption for 
intermediate holding companies).

Revenue
Revenue represents the fair value of the consideration received or 
receivable for communication services and equipment sales, net of 
discounts and sales taxes.

Revenue is recognised when the Group has fulfilled its performance 
obligations under the relevant customer contract.

The Group sells a number of communications products each of 
which typically consists of all or some of four main types of revenue 
– voice and data traffic, a subscription or rental, equipment sales 
and installation fees. Revenue for each element of the sale of the 
product is recognised as described below.

To the extent that invoices are raised to a different pattern than the 
revenue recognition described below, appropriate adjustments are 
made through contract liabilities (formerly deferred income) and 
contract assets (formerly accrued income) to account for revenue 
when the performance obligations have been met.

The Group receives payment for products and services from 
channel partners who onwardly sell to end users. These channel 
partners are treated as the principal in that transaction because the 
channel partner has the primary responsibility for providing the 
products or services to the end user; the channel partner carries 
the inventory risk; the channel partner is free to establish its own 
prices either with or without bundling in other goods or services 
which are not supplied by the Group; and the channel partner bears 
the credit risk for the amount receivable from the end user. The 
Group therefore recognises revenue based on the transactions 
with the channel partner and not the end user.

Voice and data traffic
Revenue from traffic is recognised at the time the call is made or 
data is transferred.

Revenue arising from the interconnection of voice and data traffic 
between other telecommunications’ operators is recognised at the 
time of transit across the Group’s network.

84

Gamma Communications plcSubscriptions and rentals
Revenue from the rental of analogue and digital lines is recognised 
evenly over the period to which the charges relate. Subscription 
fees, consisting primarily of monthly charges for access to ethernet, 
broadband, hosted IP services and other internet access or voice 
services, are recognised as revenue as the service is provided.

A minority of sales of the Cloud PBX product are made under an 
‘up front’ model whereby a channel partner buys the right to use 
a service for an unspecified period of time into the future. This is 
treated as an option to obtain future services at a discount and the 
revenue is spread equally over the estimated future period of usage 
of that service.

Where applicable, the consideration for the acquisition includes 
any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration 
arrangement measured at fair value at the acquisition date. 
Subsequent changes are adjusted against the cost of acquisition 
where they qualify as measurement period adjustments. All other 
subsequent changes in the fair value of contingent consideration 
classified as an asset or liability are accounted for in accordance 
with relevant IFRSs. 

Contingent consideration
Contingent consideration arises when settlement of all or part of 
the cost of a business combination falls due after the date the 
acquisition was completed.

Equipment sales
Revenue from the sale of peripheral and other equipment is 
recognised when control of the asset has transferred to the buyer, 
which is normally the date the equipment is delivered and accepted 
by the customer.

If the amount of contingent consideration changes as a result of 
a post-acquisition event, such as not meeting an earnings target, 
accounting for the change in consideration depends on whether 
the additional consideration is classified as an equity instrument 
or an asset or liability. 

Installation fees
Revenue from installations which cannot be separated from an 
ongoing service contract, i.e. installations with no standalone value 
to the customer, will be allocated to initial equipment sale (if any) and 
ongoing service revenues. The latter element will result in a contract 
liability which will be released over the length of the contract.

Contingent consideration that is classified as equity is not 
remeasured at subsequent reporting dates, and the subsequent 
settlement is accounted for within equity. For the amounts not 
classified as equity, this will be measured at fair value at each 
balance sheet date with the movements being accounted for 
in the statement of comprehensive income. 

Arrangements with multiple deliverables
Where goods and/or services are sold in a bundled transaction,  
the total arrangement consideration is allocated to the individual 
elements based on their relative fair values. This fair value is based 
on amounts charged on a standalone basis, or by using comparable 
pricing arrangements observable in the market.

Intangible assets
Goodwill
Goodwill arises on business combinations and represents the 
excess of the cost of acquisition over the Group’s interest in the 
fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities of the acquired 
business at the acquisition date.

Goodwill is capitalised as an intangible asset with any impairment in 
carrying value being charged to the consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income. Where the fair value of identifiable assets, 
liabilities and contingent liabilities exceeds the fair value of 
consideration paid, the excess is credited in full to the consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income on the acquisition date. 
Impairment tests on goodwill are undertaken annually at the 
financial year end.

Goodwill arising on acquisitions before the date of transition to 
IFRS has been retained at the previous UK GAAP amounts subject 
to impairment testing.

Customer Contracts and Brand 
Brand and customer contract-related intangible assets acquired as 
part of a business combination are valued at their fair value at the 
acquisition date less accumulated amortisation. Amortisation is 
charged on a straight-line basis through the consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income. The expected useful 
economic life of the intangible assets represents the best 
estimates available and are as follows:

Category

Useful Economic Life

Customer contracts

Seven to thirteen years

Brand

Five years

Advances made to channel partners
Advances are sometimes made to channel partners as part of an 
incentive deal. Where the Group can demonstrate recovery of the 
advances through contractual claw back provisions and past 
evidence of recovery, they are deferred and recognised over the 
period of the contract. Where this is not possible, they are charged 
directly to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

Incentive deals
Where the Company enters into incentive deals it spreads the 
costs over the period of the deal and attributes a proportion of 
revenue against these costs. Where there is no revenue the credit 
is shown against revenue over the period of the deal. 

Business combinations
The acquisition method of accounting is used for the acquisition of 
subsidiaries. The cost of the acquisition is measured at the 
aggregate fair value of consideration given. Acquisition-related 
costs are recognised in the consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income as incurred.

At the acquisition date, the acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities 
and contingent liabilities that meet the conditions for recognition 
under IFRS 3 Business Combinations are recognised at their fair 
value. Certain assets and liabilities are not recognised at their fair 
value at the acquisition date as they are accounted for using other 
applicable IFRSs. These include deferred tax assets/liabilities and 
also any assets related to employee benefit arrangements.

If the initial accounting for a business combination is incomplete by 
the end of the reporting period in which the combination occurs, 
the Group reports provisional amounts for the items for which the 
accounting is incomplete. Those provisional amounts are adjusted 
during the measurement period of one year from the acquisition 
date to reflect new information obtained about facts and 
circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date that, if known, 
would have affected the amounts recognised as of that date.

85

Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationFinancial statements continued

Notes forming part of the financial statements continued 
For the year ended 31 December 2019

1. Accounting policies continued

Development costs
Expenditure on the research phase of an internal project is 
recognised as an expense in the period in which it is incurred. 
Development costs incurred on specific projects (whether in 
respect of new products or enhancement of existing products) are 
capitalised when all the following conditions are satisfied:

•  completion of the asset is technically feasible so that it will be 

available for use or sale;

•  the Group intends to complete the asset and use or sell it;

•  the Group has the ability to use or sell the asset and the asset will 
generate probable future economic benefits (over and above 
cost);

•  there are adequate technical, financial and other resources to 
complete the development and to use or sell the asset; and

•  the expenditure attributable to the asset during its development 

can be measured reliably.

Development costs not meeting the criteria for capitalisation are 
expensed as incurred. The cost of an internally generated asset 
comprises all directly attributable costs necessary to create, 
produce and prepare the asset to be capable of operating in the 
manner intended by Management. These typically include 
employee costs incurred and third-party costs.

Judgement is applied when deciding whether the recognition 
requirements for development costs have been met. Judgements 
are based on the information available at each statement of 
financial position date. In addition, all internal activities related to 
the research and development of new projects are continuously 
monitored. Amortisation is charged to the statement of 
comprehensive income on a straight-line basis over the estimated 
useful life from the date the asset is available for use, but no more 
than four years. 

Software
Software is comprised of licences purchased from third parties and 
is initially recognised at cost. Amortisation of these assets, on the 
same basis as other assets, commences when the assets are ready 
for their intended use.

Amortisation is provided on software over the useful economic live 
assigned. This is as follows:

Category

Software

Useful Economic Life

Four years

Impairment of non-financial assets (excluding inventory 
and deferred tax assets)
Impairment tests on goodwill and other intangible assets with 
indefinite useful economic lives are undertaken annually at the 
financial year end. Other non-financial assets are subject to 
impairment tests whenever events or changes in circumstances 
indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable.

Where the carrying value of an asset exceeds its recoverable 
amount (i.e. the higher of value in use and fair value less costs to 
sell), the asset is written down accordingly.

Where it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an 
individual asset, the impairment test is carried out on the smallest 
group of assets to which it belongs for which there are separately 
identifiable cash flows; its cash generating units (CGUs’). Goodwill is 
allocated on initial recognition to each of the Group’s CGUs that are 
expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination giving 
rise to the goodwill.

Impairment charges are included in profit or loss, except to the 
extent they reverse gains previously recognised in other 
comprehensive income. An impairment loss recognised for 
goodwill is not reversed.

Foreign currency
The consolidated financial statements are presented in Pounds 
Sterling, which is the functional currency of the Company.

Transactions in foreign currency are translated to the functional 
currency at the prevailing rates when the transactions occur. 
Foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities are translated at 
the rates prevailing at the reporting date. Exchange differences 
arising on the retranslation of unsettled monetary assets and 
liabilities are recognised immediately in profit or loss, except for 
foreign currency borrowings qualifying as a hedge of a net 
investment in a foreign operation, in which case exchange 
differences are recognised in other comprehensive income and 
accumulated in the foreign exchange reserve along with the 
exchange differences arising on the retranslation of the foreign 
operation.

The results of overseas operations are translated into Pounds 
Sterling at rates approximating to those prevailing when the 
transactions took place. The assets and liabilities of overseas 
operations are translated at the prevailing rate at the reporting 
date. Exchange differences arising on translating the opening net 
assets at opening rate and the results of overseas operations at 
actual rate are recognised in other comprehensive income and 
accumulated in the foreign exchange reserve.

Exchange differences recognised in the profit or loss of Group 
entities on the translation of long-term monetary items forming 
part of the Group’s net investment in the overseas operation 
concerned are reclassified to other comprehensive income and 
accumulated in the foreign exchange reserve on consolidation.

Segment reporting
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the 
internal reporting provided to the Executive Directors. For further 
details please see note 6.

Financial instruments
Financial assets
All financial assets are held under the business model of holding the 
asset to collect the contractual cash flows arising from the assets, 
which are made up solely of payments of the principal and interest. 
Therefore, all financial assets are classified at amortised cost.

Except for trade receivables, financial assets are initially 
recognised at fair value plus transaction costs that are directly 
attributable to their acquisition or issue, and are subsequently 
carried at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method, 
less provision for impairment.

Trade receivables do not contain significant financing components 
and therefore are initially recognised at their transaction price, and 
subsequently treated in line with other financial assets.

86

Gamma Communications plcExcept for trade receivables, impairment provisions are recognised 
as an expected credit loss provision under the general approach, 
being the expected credit loss over the next 12 months. Where 
there is a credit risk on a financial asset that has increased 
significantly, the impairment provision is measured at the lifetime 
expected credit loss. Impairment for trade receivables will be 
measured under the simplified approach with an expected credit 
loss percentage applied to each ageing category. All financial 
assets will be reported net of impairment; when the Group has no 
reasonable expectation of recovering a financial asset, the portion 
that is not recoverable is derecognised.

These financial assets comprise trade and other receivables, 
contract assets (formerly accrued income), and cash and cash 
equivalents in the consolidated statement of financial position.

Cash and cash equivalents includes cash in hand, deposits held at 
banks and other short-term highly liquid investments with original 
maturities of three months or less.

Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities include trade payables and other short-term 
monetary liabilities, which are initially recognised at fair value and 
subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective interest 
method.

Financial liabilities – Derivatives
Forward exchange contracts are entered into to mitigate foreign 
exchange risk. These contracts are derivatives and therefore 
measured at fair value through profit or loss. Hedge accounting has 
not been applied.

Share capital
The Group’s Ordinary Shares are classified as equity instruments.

Share based payment expense
Where equity settled shares or share options are awarded to 
employees, the fair value of the options at the date of grant is charged 
to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income over the 
vesting period. Non-market vesting conditions are taken into account 
by adjusting the number of equity instruments expected to vest at 
each reporting date so that, ultimately, the cumulative amount 
recognised over the vesting period is based on the number of options 
that eventually vest. Non-vesting conditions and market vesting 
conditions are factored into the fair value of the options granted. 
As long as all other vesting conditions are satisfied, a charge is made 
irrespective of whether the market vesting conditions are satisfied. 
The cumulative expense is not adjusted for failure to achieve a market 
vesting condition or where a non-vesting condition is not satisfied.

Where the terms and conditions of options are modified before 
they vest, the increase in the fair value of the options, measured 
immediately before and after the modification, is also charged to 
the consolidated statement of comprehensive income over the 
remaining vesting period.

The fair value of the options is measured by use of either the 
Black-Scholes method or the Monte Carlo method. The latter 
methodology is used where there are market conditions attached 
to the share awards.

Leased assets
Leased assets consist of rental property, cars and fibre networks 
where the Group has the right to control the identified asset.

Upon entering into a lease, a right of use asset and lease liability will 
be created. The right of use asset will be depreciated over the lease 
term and if necessary impaired in accordance with applicable 
standards. The lease liability is subsequently measured by 
increasing the carrying amount to reflect the interest on the lease 
liability (by application of the effective interest method, using the 
Group’s incremental borrowing rate) and by reducing the carrying 
amount to reflect the lease payments made.

Variable rents are not part of the lease liability or the right of use 
asset. The payments are recognised as an expense in the period in 
which they are incurred. Variable payments are presented within 
note 25.

Where lease incentives are received to enter into operating leases, 
such incentives are recognised as a liability. The aggregate benefit 
of incentives is recognised as a reduction of rental expense on a 
straight-line basis, except where another systematic basis is more 
representative of the time pattern in which economic benefits from 
the leased asset are consumed.

Where leases are 12 months or less or of low value then payments 
made are expensed evenly over the period of usage of that asset. 

Where the Group has a contract to use part of a fibre or copper 
pathway and it does not have substantially all of the capacity of 
the asset then that is not classified as a lease and payments are 
expensed evenly over the period of usage of that asset. In some 
instances, a pathway may have a small incidental linkage where the 
Group is using substantially all of the capacity of a very minor part 
of the pathway. In this instance the whole contract is not treated 
as a lease. 

The discount rate applied is 4% (2018: 4%), which is the Group’s 
incremental borrowing rate.

Dividends
Dividends are recognised when they become legally payable. In the 
case of interim dividends to equity shareholders, this is upon 
payment. For final dividends, this is when they are approved by the 
shareholders at the AGM. Dividend distributions payable to equity 
shareholders are included in other liabilities when the dividends 
have been approved in a general meeting prior to the reporting date.

Taxation
Current and deferred tax are recognised in profit or loss, except 
when they relate to items that are recognised in other 
comprehensive income or directly in equity, in which case, the 
current and deferred tax are also recognised in other 
comprehensive income or directly in equity respectively.

Where current tax or deferred tax arises from the initial accounting 
for a business combination, the tax effect is included in the 
accounting for the business combination.

The tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable 
and deferred tax.

Current tax
The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year. 
Taxable profit differs from net profit as reported in the statement of 
comprehensive income because it excludes items of income or 
expense that are taxable or deductible in other years, it includes 
items that are tax deductible but do not affect net profit and it 
further excludes items that are never taxable or deductible. 

87

Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationFinancial statements continued

Notes forming part of the financial statements continued 
For the year ended 31 December 2019

Provisions
Provisions are recognised where there is a present or constructive 
obligation as a result of a past event. The Group has recognised 
provisions for liabilities of uncertain timing or amounts relating to 
leasehold dilapidations and onerous lease provisions. Provisions 
are measured at the best estimate of the expenditure required to 
settle the obligation at the reporting date, and, where material, 
discounted at a pre-tax rate reflecting current market assessments 
of the time value of money and risks specific to the liability.

Employee Benefit Trust (‘EBT’)
As the Company is deemed to have control of its EBT, it is treated as 
a subsidiary and consolidated for the purposes of the consolidated 
financial statements. The EBT’s assets (other than investments in 
the Company’s shares), liabilities, income and expenses are included 
on a line-by-line basis in the consolidated financial statements.

Alternative performance measures
Adjustments to EBITDA, PBT, PAT and EPS (fully diluted) have been 
presented because the Group believes that adjusted measures 
provide valuable additional information for users of the financial 
statements in assessing the Group’s performance. Moreover, they 
provide information on the performance of the business that 
Management is more directly able to influence and on a basis 
comparable from year to year.

The measures are adjusted for the following items:

(a) Amortisation on intangibles arising on acquisition
This adjustment is made to improve the comparability between 
acquired and organically grown operations, as the latter cannot 
recognise internally generated intangible assets. Adjusting for 
amortisation provides a more consistent basis for comparison 
between the two.

(b) Depreciation and amortisation
Depreciation and amortisation relate to the assets which were 
acquired by the Group. These are omitted from adjusted operating 
expenses to allow users of the accounts to compare against other 
external data sources.

(c) Exceptional items
The Group treats certain items which are considered to be one-off 
or not representative of the underlying trading of the Group as 
exceptional in nature.

The Directors apply judgement in assessing the particular items, which 
by virtue of their scale or nature should be classified as exceptional 
items. The Directors consider that separate disclosure of these items 
is relevant to an understanding of the Group’s financial performance.

Changes in deferred consideration, reduction of intangible assets 
and goodwill are considered to be exceptional as they are not 
representative of the primary activities of the Group.

(d) Adjusting tax items 
Where movements to tax balances arise and these do not relate to 
the underlying trading current year tax charge, these are adjusted 
in determining certain APMs as they do not reflect the underlying 
performance in that year.

1. Accounting policies continued

Deferred tax
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised where the 
carrying amount of an asset or liability in the consolidated 
statement of financial position differs from its tax base, except for 
differences arising on:

•  the initial recognition of goodwill;

•  the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction which 
is not a business combination and at the time of the transaction 
affects neither accounting nor taxable profit; and

• 

investments in subsidiaries and jointly controlled entities where 
the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the 
difference and it is probable that the difference will not reverse in 
the foreseeable future.

Recognition of deferred tax assets is restricted to those instances 
where it is probable that taxable profit will be available against 
which the deductible temporary differences can be utilised.

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply 
in the period when the liability is settled or the asset is realised 
based on tax laws and rates that have been enacted or 
substantively enacted at the statement of financial position date. 
Deferred tax is charged or credited in the income statement, except 
when it relates to items charged or credited in other comprehensive 
income, in which case the deferred tax is also dealt with in other 
comprehensive income.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally 
enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax 
liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same 
taxation authority and the Group intends to settle its current tax 
assets and liabilities on a net basis.

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are initially recognised at cost. As 
well as the purchase price, cost includes directly attributable costs 
and the estimated present value of any future unavoidable costs of 
dismantling and removing items. The corresponding liability is 
recognised within provisions. Assets in the course of construction 
for use in the supply of communication products, or for 
administration purposes not yet determined, are carried at cost, less 
any recognised impairment loss. Cost includes professional fees. 
Depreciation of these assets, on the same basis as other assets, 
commences when the assets are ready for their intended use.

Depreciation is provided on all other items of property, plant and 
equipment so as to write off their carrying value over their expected 
useful economic lives. It is provided at the following rates:

Category
Network assets
Computer equipment
Fixtures and fittings

Useful Economic Life
14%–25% per annum straight line
25%–50% per annum straight line
20%–25% per annum straight line

Inventory
Inventory (which is all finished goods) is initially recognised at cost, 
and subsequently at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost 
comprises all purchase costs, costs of conversion and other costs 
incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and 
condition.

Weighted average cost is used to determine the cost of ordinarily 
interchangeable items.

88

Gamma Communications plc2. Critical accounting estimates and judgements

3. Changes in accounting policies

At the date of authorisation of these financial statements, the 
Group has not applied the following new and revised IFRSs that 
have been issued but are not yet effective and, in some cases, 
had not yet been adopted by the EU:

•  Amendments to IFRS 3 - Business Combinations (applicable for 

the period beginning 1 January 2020. Not yet endorsed for use in 
the EU)

•  Amendments to references to the Conceptual Framework in IFRS 
Standards (applicable for the periods beginning 1 January 2020)

•  Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8 – Definition of material. 

(applicable for period from 1 January 2020)

•  Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7 – Interest rate 

benchmark reform (applicable for period from 1 January 2020)

• 

IFRS 17 – Insurance contracts (applicable for the period 
beginning 1 January 2021, not yet endorsed for use in the EU)

•  Amendments to IAS 1 – Classification of Liabilities as Current or 

Non-Current. Applicable from the period commencing 1 January 
2022. Not yet endorsed for use in the EU.

The Directors do not expect that the adoption of these standards 
will have a material impact on the financial statements of the Group 
in future periods.

The Group makes certain estimates and assumptions regarding the 
future. Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated based 
on historical experience and other factors, including best estimates 
of future events. In the future, actual experience may differ from 
these estimates and assumptions. The estimates and assumptions 
that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment within 
the next financial year are discussed below.

Critical accounting judgements
Critical judgements, apart from those involving estimations, applied 
in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements are 
discussed below:

(a) Principal vs agent classification of channel partners
The Group receives payment for products and services from 
channel partners who onwardly sell to end users. The Group has 
considered whether channel partners are acting as a principal or an 
agent under the criteria in IFRS 15.

Where a channel partner has the primary responsibility for 
providing the products or services to the end user, carries the 
inventory risk, is free to establish its own prices and bears the 
credit risk for the amount receivable from the end user then the 
channel partner is treated as the principal in that transaction. The 
Group therefore recognises revenue earned in this way based on 
the transactions with the channel partner and not the end user.

(b) Revenue recognition
Revenue recognition on contracts may involve providing services 
over multiple years and involving a number of products. In such 
instances, judgement is required to identify the date of transaction 
of separable elements of the contract and the fair values which are 
assigned to each element. The Group also regularly assesses 
customer credit risk inherent in the carrying amounts of 
receivables, contract costs and estimated earnings.

Key accounting estimates
There are no material sources of estimation uncertainty at the 
reporting date.

89

Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationFinancial statements continued

Notes forming part of the financial statements continued 
For the year ended 31 December 2019

4. Revenue

Revenue in all periods principally arises from the provision of products and services.

Disaggregation of revenue
Revenue is disaggregated into the operating segment and the timing of revenue recognition (at a point in time and over time). The UK 
segments are disaggregated by either market and/or product type. This disaggregation is shown by note 6.

Contract balances
The following table provides information about receivables, contract assets and contract liabilities from contracts with customers:

Receivables, which are included in ‘Trade and other receivables’
Contract assets, which are included in ‘Trade and other receivables’
Contract liabilities

2019  
£m
34.8
33.1
17.1

2018  
£m
31.0
27.7
16.4

The amount of revenue recognised in 2019 from performance obligations satisfied (or partially satisfied) in previous periods is £nil (2018: £nil).

The contract liabilities are deferred income arising from installations and Horizon upfront subscriptions, which are released to the income 
statement over the life of the contract.

The contract assets are accrued income, where invoices are raised in a different pattern compared to the revenue recognition to account 
for revenue when performance obligations have been met.

Significant changes in the contract liabilities balances during the year are as follows:

Revenue recognised that was included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the period
Increases due to cash received, excluding amounts recognised as revenue during the period

2019
£m
(7.8)
9.2

2018
£m
(7.1)
7.8

Transaction price allocated to the remaining performance obligations
The following table includes revenue expected to be recognised in the future related to performance obligations that are unsatisfied (or 
partially unsatisfied) at the reporting date.

Revenue expected to be recognised

5. Contract costs

2020
£m
10.5

2021
£m
5.4

2022
onwards
£m
3.6

Total
£m
19.5

Capitalised contract costs consist of commissions from the UK Direct division which are directly associated with specific customer 
contracts and installation costs. 

Commissions
Capitalised
Amortised

Installation costs
Capitalised
Amortised

There was no impairment loss in relation to the costs capitalised (2018: £nil).

2019  
£m

2018  
£m

1.6
1.7

3.7
2.3

2.5
1.5

3.2
2.0

90

Gamma Communications plc6. Segment information

The Group’s main operating segments are outlined below:

•  UK Indirect – This division sells Gamma’s products to channel partners and contributed 70% (2018: 74%) of the Group’s external 

revenue. This also includes the Telsis entities acquired during the year.

•  UK Direct – This division sells Gamma’s products to end users in the SME, enterprise and public sectors together with an associated 

service wrap. It contributed 25% (2018: 25%) of the Group’s external revenues.

•  Overseas – This division consists of sales made in the Netherlands, by DX Groep B.V. and its subsidiary companies contributing 5% 

(2018: 1%) of the Group’s external revenues. This includes the newly acquired Nimsys.

• 

 Central functions – This is not a revenue-generating segment but is made up of the central management team and wider Group costs.

All operating segments sell a combination of traditional products and services (which is mainly voice traffic from which revenues are 
derived from channel partners and other carriers as well as rentals for wholesale lines) and growth products and services (which consists 
of IP voice traffic, rental income derived from SIP trunks, hosted IP voice systems and Gamma’s hosted inbound product and data 
products).

Factors that Management used to identify the Group’s operating segments
The Group’s reportable segments are strategic business units that offer products and services into different markets. They are managed 
separately because each business requires different marketing strategies and are reported separately to the Board and management team.

Measurement of operating segment profit or loss, assets and liabilities
The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies.

The Group evaluates performance on the basis of profit or loss from operations but excluding non-recurring losses, such as goodwill 
impairment, the effects of share based payments and exceptional income.

Inter-segment sales are priced along in line with sales to external customers, with an appropriate discount being applied to encourage use 
of Group resources at a rate acceptable to local tax authorities. This policy was applied consistently throughout the current and prior year. 

2019
Revenue from external customers
Inter-segment revenue

Timing of revenue recognition
At a point in time
Over time

Total gross profit
Operating expenses

Earnings before depreciation, amortisation and exceptional items
Exceptional items
Earnings before depreciation and amortisation
Depreciation and amortisation (excluding business combinations)
Amortisation arising due to business combination

Profit from operations
Finance income
Finance expense
Profit before tax
Tax expense
Profit after tax
Other comprehensive loss 
Total comprehensive income attributable to the owners of the parent

UK
Indirect
£m
230.1
21.5

UK
Direct
£m
83.6
–

Overseas
£m
15.2
–

Central
functions
£m
–
–

16.4
213.7
230.1

119.1
(81.5)

51.6
–
51.6
(13.9)
(0.1)

37.6
0.1
(0.4)
37.3
(9.7)
27.6
–
27.6

5.6
78.0
83.6

38.2
(20.3)

18.1
–
18.1
(0.2)
–

17.9
–
–
17.9
(3.7)
14.2
–
14.2

–
15.2
15.2

9.2
(12.7)

0.3
(0.9)
(0.6)
(1.0)
(1.9)

(3.5)
–
–
(3.5)
1.5
(2.0)
(0.4)
(2.4)

–
–
–

–
(6.5)

(6.5)
–
(6.5)
–
–

(6.5)
–
–
(6.5)
1.2
(5.3)
–
(5.3)

Total
£m
328.9
21.5

22.0
306.9
328.9

166.5
(121.0)

63.5
(0.9)
62.6
(15.1)
(2.0)

45.5
0.1
(0.4)
45.2
(10.7)
34.5
(0.4)
34.1

External revenue of customers has been derived principally from the United Kingdom and no single customer contributes more than 10% 
of revenue.

91

Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationFinancial statements continued

Notes forming part of the financial statements continued 
For the year ended 31 December 2019

6. Segment information continued

Additions to non-current assets
Reportable segment assets
Reportable segment liabilities

UK
Indirect
£m
11.6
190.4
62.0

UK
Direct
£m
–
23.0
12.4

Overseas
£m
0.8
25.0
11.5

Central
functions
£m
–
–
–

The UK Indirect revenue and gross profit is further split between traditional and growth products below:

Traditional products and services
Growth (being strategic and enabling) products and services
Total revenue from external customers

Traditional products and services
Growth (being strategic and enabling) products and services
Total gross profit

The UK Direct revenue by market is detailed below:

Mid-markets
Enterprise
Public sector
The Loop
Total revenue from external customers

2019 
£m
43.6
186.5
230.1

2019 
£m
12.4
106.7
119.1

2019 
£m
27.5
36.1
18.6
1.4
83.6

Total
£m
12.4
238.4
85.9

2018 
£m
47.9
162.7
210.6

2018 
£m
11.9
85.6
97.5

2018 
£m
25.1
27.8
16.5
1.5
70.9

92

Gamma Communications plc2018
Revenue from external customers
Inter-segment revenue

Timing of revenue recognition
At a point in time
Over time

Total gross profit
Operating expenses

Earnings before depreciation, amortisation and exceptional items
Exceptional items
Earnings before depreciation and amortisation
Depreciation and amortisation (excluding business combinations)
Amortisation arising due to business combination

Profit from operations
Finance income
Finance expense
Profit before tax
Tax expense

Profit after tax
Other comprehensive loss 
Total comprehensive income attributable to the owners of the parent

UK
Indirect
£m
210.6
52.5

UK
Direct
£m
70.9
–

Overseas
£m
3.4
–

Central
functions
£m
–
–

19.9
190.7
210.6

97.5
(75.4)

35.0
–
35.0
(12.9)
–

22.1
0.3
(0.2)
22.2
(4.0)

18.2
–
18.2

3.7
67.2
70.9

32.8
(16.8)

16.4
–
16.4
(0.4)
–

16.0
–
–
16.0
(2.8)

13.2
–
13.2

–
3.4
3.4

1.9
(2.9)

(0.4)
–
(0.4)
(0.2)
(0.4)

(1.0)
–
–
(1.0)
0.2

(0.8)
(0.2)
(1.0)

–
–
–

–
(2.7)

(2.7)
–
(2.7)
–
–

(2.7)
–
–
(2.7)
0.5

(2.2)
–
(2.2)

Total
£m
284.9
52.5

23.6
261.3
284.9

132.2
(97.8)

48.3
–
48.3
(13.5)
(0.4)

34.4
0.3
(0.2)
34.5
(6.1)

28.4
(0.2)
28.2

External revenue of customers has been derived principally from the United Kingdom and no single customer contributes more than 10% 
of revenue.

Additions to non-current assets
Recognition on transition to IFRS 16
Reportable segment assets
Reportable segment liabilities

UK
Indirect
£m
12.5
6.0
146.1
46.0

UK
Direct
£m
0.2
0.2
22.0
12.4

Overseas
£m
24.9
–
26.7
14.7

Central
functions
£m
–
–
–
–

Total
£m
37.6
6.2
194.8
73.1

93

Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationFinancial statements continued

Notes forming part of the financial statements continued 
For the year ended 31 December 2019

7. Profit on ordinary activities

Profit on ordinary activities is stated after charging/(crediting) the following amounts:

Net foreign exchange
Research costs
Staff costs (see note 9)
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Depreciation on right of use assets
Amortisation of intangible assets (excluding business combinations)
Amortisation arising due to business combinations
Cost of inventories recognised as an expense
Impairment of trade receivables
Fees payable to the Group’s auditors

2019 
£m
0.2
9.9
67.2
9.8
1.7
3.6
2.0
15.5
(0.6)
0.2

2018 
£m
–
8.7
55.8
8.7
1.4
3.4
0.4
15.5
(0.2)
0.2

Fees payable to the Group’s auditor for the audit of the Company and the consolidated financial statements totalled £205k (2018: £197k), 
which includes £41k (2018: £39k) in respect of the half-year review which is considered a non-audit service. The auditor also provided 
services for transition to IFRS in Hungary and the related local statutory audit for approximately £13k. 

8. Exceptional items

Contingent consideration adjustment – DX Groep
Reduction of goodwill carrying value
Reduction of intangible assets carrying value
Exceptional items related to DX Groep acquisition
Contingent consideration adjustment - Nimsys
Total exceptional items

2019 
£m
8.1
(4.2)
(3.9)
–
(0.9)
(0.9)

2018 
£m
–
–
–
–
–
–

The exceptional items relate to the contingent consideration which is due on acquisitions.

In preparing the statutory accounts for 2018, the best estimate of the contingent consideration for DX Groep was made. During 2019, 
a higher than expected attrition rate of legacy customers taking ISDN caused the revenues to be lower than expected. Therefore, the 
estimated contingent consideration due has been revised and the associated intangible assets including goodwill have been reduced. 

Following the initial recognition of Nimsys, deferred consideration in February 2019, we have remeasured the contingent consideration 
at the reporting date and updated the balance due. The overall balance due has increased by £0.9m which has been charged to the 
statement of comprehensive income.

9. Staff costs

Staff costs (including Directors) comprise:
Wages and salaries
Defined contribution pension cost 
Social security contributions and similar taxes

Share based payment expense (note 29)

2019 
£m

54.6
3.9
6.1
64.6
2.6
67.2

2018 
£m

46.1
2.8
5.0
53.9
1.9
55.8

The Group operates a defined contribution pension scheme for the benefit of its employees. The assets of the scheme are administered 
by trustees in a fund independent from those of the Group.

Employee numbers
The average monthly number of staff employed by the Group during the financial year amounted to:

Operational
Selling, administration and distribution

94

2019 
Number
632
481
1,113 

2018 
Number
552
424
976

Gamma Communications plcKey management personnel compensation
Key management personnel are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of 
the Group, including the Directors of the Company listed on pages 48 to 49, and the Management Committee in place during 2019.

Salary
Post-employment benefits
Short-term employee benefits

Share based payment expense (note 29)

Remuneration in respect of Directors is summarised below:

Salary
Social security contributions and similar taxes

Share based payment expense

During the year, the aggregate amount of gains made by Directors on the exercise of share options was £0.5m.

Remuneration disclosed above includes the following amounts in respect of the highest paid Director.

Salary
Share based payment expense

2019 
£m
3.3
0.1
0.8
4.2
1.1
5.3

2019 
£m
1.7
0.3
2.0
0.5
2.5

2019 
£m
0.9
0.1
1.0

During the year, one Director (2018: one Director) participated in a private money purchase defined contribution pension scheme.

Key management personnel include the directors, remuneration for whom is disclosed in the remuneration report on pages 50 to 51.

10. Finance income and expense

Finance income
Interest received on bank deposits
Total finance income

Finance expense
Interest expense on leases
Total finance expense

Net finance (expense)/income

2019 
£m

0.1
0.1

(0.4)
(0.4)

(0.3)

2018 
£m
3.3
0.1
0.8
4.2
1.0
5.2

2018 
£m
1.3
0.4
1.7
0.4
2.1

2018 
£m
0.7
0.1
0.8

2018 
£m

0.3
0.3

(0.2)
(0.2)

0.1

95

Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationFinancial statements continued

Notes forming part of the financial statements continued 
For the year ended 31 December 2019

11. Tax expense

Current tax expense
Current tax on profits for the year
Adjustment in respect of prior year
Overseas tax
Total current tax
Deferred tax expense
Origination and reversal of temporary differences 
Adjustment in respect of prior years
Tax rate change
Adjusting tax items 
Total deferred tax (note 26)
Total tax expense

2019 
£m

9.9
(0.6)
0.7
10.0

(1.2)
0.5
(0.2)
1.6
0.7
10.7

2018 
£m

4.9
0.1
0.2
5.2

0.9
–
–
–
0.9
6.1

The reasons for the difference between the actual tax charge for the year and the standard rate of corporation tax in the United Kingdom 
applied to profits for the year are as follows:

Profit before income taxes
Expected tax charge based on the standard rate of United Kingdom corporation tax at the 
domestic rate of 19.00% (2018: 19.00%)
Effects of:
Tax effect of expenses that are not deductible in determining taxable profit
Effect of different tax rates of subsidiaries operating in other jurisdictions
Tax rate change
Tax on business combinations
Adjusting tax items
Adjustment in respect of prior year 
Total tax expense

2019 
£m
45.2

8.6

0.5
(0.2)
(0.2)
0.5
1.6
(0.1)
10.7

2018 
£m
34.5

6.6

–
–
–
–
–
(0.5)
6.1

Deferred tax was calculated based on the tax laws and rates that were enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. The 
Finance Act 2019 included provision for the main rate of corporation tax to reduce to 17% from 1 April 2020. Following the UK Budget 
2020 on 11 March 2020, the main rate of corporation tax is expected to remain at 19%, however this change had not been substantively 
enacted at the statement of financial position date and therefore has not been reflected in the deferred tax balances recorded.

12. Earnings per share 

The calculation of basic earnings per Ordinary Share is based on a profit after tax of £34.5m (2018: £28.4m) and 94,370,938 (2018: 
93,646,411) Ordinary Shares, being the weighted average number of Ordinary Shares in issue during the year.

Earnings per Ordinary Share – basic (pence)
Earnings per Ordinary Share – diluted (pence)

The calculation of the basic and diluted earnings per share is based on the following data: 

Profit after tax

Shares
Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares for basic earnings per share
Effect of dilution resulting from share options
Diluted weighted average number of Ordinary Shares

2019 
36.6
36.1

2019 
£m
34.5

2018 
30.3 
30.0 

2018 
£m
28.4

No.
94,370,938
1,246,648
95,617,586

No.
93,646,411
1,108,034
94,754,445

On 28 February 2020, the Group acquired Exactive Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries; £0.9m of Ordinary Shares will be paid as part
consideration by 15 April 2020.

Adjusted earnings per share is detailed below:

Adjusted earnings per Ordinary Share – basic (pence)
Adjusted earnings per Ordinary Share – diluted (pence)

96

2019
41.3
40.8

2018 
30.6
30.3

Gamma Communications plcAdjusted profit used in the calculation of adjusted earnings per share is detailed below:

Profit for the year
Amortisation arising on business combinations
Exceptional items (change in value of deferred consideration)
Adjusting tax items
Adjusted profit after tax for the year

13. Dividends

An interim dividend of 3.5p was paid on 24 October 2019 (2018: 3.1p).

2019 
£m
34.5 
2.0 
0.9 
1.6
39.0 

2018 
£m
28.4 
0.4 
– 
(0.1)
28.7 

A final dividend of 7.0p will be proposed at the Annual General Meeting but has not been recognised as it requires approval (2018: 6.2p). The 
total amount of dividends proposed is 10.5p (2018: 9.3p). The payments of these dividends do not have any tax consequences for the Group.

14. Property, plant and equipment

Cost
At 1 January 2019
Additions
Acquisition of subsidiary
Disposals
Exchange difference
At 31 December 2019
Depreciation
At 1 January 2019
Charge for the year
Disposals
At 31 December 2019

Net book value
At 1 January 2019
At 31 December 2019

Network 
assets
£m

Computer 
equipment
£m

Fixtures and 
fittings
 £m

76.8
7.8
0.1
(16.9)
0.1
67.9

47.1
8.4
(16.9)
38.6

29.7
29.3

7.5
1.7
–
(0.1)
–
9.1

5.7
1.2
(0.1)
6.8

1.8
2.3

1.1
0.4
–
(0.1)
–
1.4

0.8
0.2
(0.1)
0.9

0.3
0.5

Total
£m

85.4
9.9
0.1
(17.1)
0.1
78.4

53.6
9.8
(17.1)
46.3

31.8
32.1

There was no property, plant or equipment held as security at the end of either year. The property, plant and equipment has been 
considered for impairment indicators and there was no material impairment. 

97

Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationFinancial statements continued

Notes forming part of the financial statements continued 
For the year ended 31 December 2019

15. Right of use assets 

Cost

At 1 January 2019
Additions

Disposals
At 31 December 2019
Depreciation
At 1 January 2019
Charge for the year
Disposals
At 31 December 2019

Net book value
At 1 January 2019
At 31 December 2019

Land and 
buildings
 £m

Other
£m

5.2

8.7

(0.3)
13.6

1.1
1.6
(0.3)
2.4

4.1
11.2

0.2

0.2

(0.1)
0.3

0.1
0.1
(0.1)
0.1

0.1
0.2

Total
£m

5.4

8.9

(0.4)
13.9

1.2
1.7
(0.4)
2.5

4.2
11.4

The Group’s lease commitments are predominantly made up of office premises, other leases for land and buildings, and cars.

Disposals of right of use assets relate to the decision to exercise break clauses for office premises in August 2019 and the expiration of 
car leases. 

No replacement leases have been committed to in the year ended 31 December 2019 (2018: none).

16. Intangible assets

Cost
At 1 January 2019
Additions
Acquisition of subsidiaries
Exchange difference
At 31 December 2019
Amortisation and impairment
At 1 January 2019
Charge for the year
Impairment charge
At 31 December 2019

Carrying value
At 1 January 2019
At 31 December 2019

Goodwill  
£m

Customer 
contracts  
£m

Brand  
£m

Development 
costs £m

Software  
£m

19.7
–
4.5
(0.2)
24.0

4.5
–
4.2
8.7

15.2
15.3

17.2
–
5.9
(0.7)
22.4

2.5
1.7
3.8
8.0

14.7
14.4

0.9
–
0.2
–
1.1

–
0.2
0.1
0.3

0.9
0.8

8.9
1.4
–
–
10.3

6.4
1.4
-
7.8

2.5
2.5

11.4
1.1
0.9
– 
13.4

6.7
2.3
-
9.0

4.7
4.4

Total  
£m

58.1
2.5
11.5
(0.9)
71.2

20.1
5.6
8.1
33.8

38.0
37.4

All amortisation on intangible assets is charged to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income and is included within operating 
expenses.

Due to a fall in ISDN revenues from the Dutch business (which trades as Dean One), the values of goodwill, customer contracts and brand have 
been reduced by £4.2m, £3.8m and £0.1m respectively. These amounts have been charged to the statement of comprehensive income 
through the “exceptional items” line and have been included within the Overseas Business” in the segmental analysis in Note 6. 

At 30 June 2019, the customer contracts and brand were valued using a multiple-period excess earnings model and a relief from royalty 
model, respectively. Given the proximity of the original acquisition of Dean One, a fair value less costs to sell approach was used to determine 
the recoverable amount of goodwill. The valuation techniques utilise Level 2 inputs. The key assumptions used were in respect of the 
customer contract valuation model and were: the implied rate of return of 21.5%, revenue growth of 12% in the first 5 years followed by 2% 
to the end of the assets useful economic life and attrition rates of 8%.

98

Gamma Communications plcThe carrying amount of goodwill is allocated to the cash generating units (‘CGUs’) as follows:

Gamma Business Communications Limited
Gamma Network Solutions Limited
DX Groep B.V.
Nimsys
Telsis

2019 
£m
6.8
1.2
3.0
2.2
2.1
15.3

2018 
£m
6.8
1.2
7.2
–
–
15.2

CGUs are determined based on how the business units are reported internally.

The carrying value of the Group’s goodwill was tested for impairment at 31 December 2019 and 2018. 

The recoverable amount has been determined on a value-in-use basis on each CGU using the Board approved budgets, where gross 
margin percentage is assumed to be held constant and budgeted revenue and overheads are forecasted to grow. These budgets are built 
on past experience with the entities and are over five years plus terminal value. The long-term growth rates used were 2%. The cash flows 
are discounted at the pre-tax cost of capital for the relevant CGU. When considering the recoverable amount the break-even point for the 
assumptions is calculated to understand the sensitivity of the assumptions.  

Based on the results of the impairments reviews carried out for each year the recoverable amount in respect of Gamma Business 
Communications Limited, Gamma Network Solutions Limited, DX Groep B.V., Nimsys Groep B.V. and Telsis entities is greater than the 
carrying amount of goodwill. The Group has assessed the anticipated future cash flows and the Directors do not consider there to be any 
reasonably possible changes in assumptions that would lead to such an impairment charge in the future.

17. Subsidiaries

The principal subsidiaries of Gamma Communications plc, all of which the ordinary share capital is 100% owned and have been included in 
these financial statements in accordance with the merger accounting as set out in the basis of preparation and basis of consolidation note 
1, are as follows:

Name
Gamma Telecom Holdings Limited
Gamma Telecom Limited
Gamma Business Communications Limited
Gamma Network Solutions Limited
Telsis Direct Limited
Telsis Communication Services Limited
Telsis Services Limited
Telsis GmbH
Gamma Development KfT 
Gamma Communications Europe B.V. (formerly 
Gamma Communications Netherlands B.V.)
DX Groep B.V.
Dean One B.V.
Schiphol Connect B.V.
Nimsys Groep B.V.
Gamma Communications Ireland Ltd
Gamma Communications US Inc
Uniworld Bureau Services Limited

Country of 
incorporation
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
Germany
Hungary

Nature of business
Intermediate holding company
Telephony services
Telephony services
Telephony services
Telephony services
Other telecommunication activities
Telephony services
Other telecommunication activities
Software services

Ownership by  
the Company
Direct ownership
Indirect ownership
Indirect ownership
Indirect ownership
Indirect ownership
Indirect ownership
Indirect ownership
Indirect ownership
Indirect ownership

Netherlands

Intermediate holding company

Indirect ownership

Netherlands
Netherlands
Netherlands
Netherlands
Ireland
United States
United Kingdom

Intermediate holding company
Telephony services
Telephony services
Telephony services
Telephony services
Dormant
Dormant

Indirect ownership
Indirect ownership
Indirect ownership
Indirect ownership
Indirect ownership
Indirect ownership
Indirect ownership

Notes
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(b)
(c)

(d)

(e)
(e)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(a)

Notes:
(a) Registered Office: 5 Fleet Place, London, EC4M 7RD, England.
(b) Registered Office: Rößlerstraße 88, 64293 Darmstadt, Germany
(c) Registered Office: 1054 Budapest, Széchenyi Rakpart 8, Hungary.
(d) Office address: 5 Fleet Place, London, EC4M 7RD, England.
(e) Office address: Krijgsman 12-14, 1186 DR Amstelveen, the Netherlands.
(f) Administrative Office: Herengracht 124-128, Amsterdam, the Netherlands
(g) Registered Office: 6th floor, 2 Grand Canal Square, Dublin 2.
(h) Registered Office: 1313 N. Market Street, Suite 5100, Wilmington, Delaware, 19801, USA.

Gamma Telecom Limited is also a member of NP4UK Limited which is a dormant company (limited by guarantee) incorporated in the 
United Kingdom.

The Group also consolidates the Gamma Communications plc SIP Trust.

The Group holds no interests in unconsolidated structured entities.

99

Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationFinancial statements continued

Notes forming part of the financial statements continued 
For the year ended 31 December 2019

18. Business combinations

Summary of acquisitions
The Group acquired 100% of the issued share capital of Nimsys Groep B.V. (“Nimsys”) on the 4 February 2019. 100% of the share capital of 
Telsis Direct Limited, Telsis Communication Services Limited, Telsis Services Limited and Telsis GmbH was acquired on 25 November 
2019, and these are treated as one acquisition referred to as “Telsis”.

Nimsys is a provider of internet, Cloud telephony and associated IT services primarily to the operators and tenants of premium multi-
tenant office buildings across the Netherlands. Telsis provides carriers and solution providers with Telephony and Contact Centre 
applications that can form the core platform for a service provider’s go-to-market offering.

Details of the purchase consideration, the net assets acquired and goodwill at acquisition are as follows:

Cash paid
Contingent consideration
Total purchase consideration

Nimsys
£m
3.7
1.8
5.5

Telsis
£m
4.3
–
 4.3

Total 
£m
8.0
1.8
9.8

Contingent consideration at 31 December 2019
Nimsys
The potential undiscounted amount payable under the agreement is between £0.3m (€0.35m) for EBITDA in the year ended 31 December 
2019 of less than £1.16m (€1.365m) and EBITDA growth less than 5% and £1.5m (€1.8m) for EBITDA of £1.39m (€1.63m) and where growth 
is greater than or equal to 25%. Values have been translated at the closing exchange rate of 1.1757.

The potential undiscounted amount payable under the agreement is between £0.3m (€0.35m) for EBITDA in the year ended 31 December 
2020 of less than £1.22m (€1.43m) and EBITDA growth less than 5% and £1.5m (€1.8m) for EBITDA of £1.45m (€1.71m) and where growth is 
greater than or equal to 25%. Values have been translated at the closing exchange rate of 1.1757.

The fair value of the contingent consideration at acquisition of £1.8m was based on Nimsys achieving €1.6m EBITDA, representing a 24% 
increase for 2019 giving €1.3m contingent consideration and €1.7m EBITDA in 2020 representing an 8% increase, giving contingent 
consideration of €0.6m. Values were translated at the rate at acquisition of 1.1433. 

Nimsys B.V. is performing above expectations and therefore the fair value of contingent consideration has increased to £2.6m (€3.1m 
using a closing exchange rate of 1.1757) which was estimated by calculating the present value of future expected cash flows. The 
estimates are based on the Group’s cost of borrowings and 2019 and 2020 EBITDA €1.64m and €1.9m respectively, and growth of 26% 
and 15.6% respectively. In the event that the maximum pre-determined EBITDA is achieved by the subsidiary for the year ended 31 
December 2020, additional consideration of up to €0.4m may be payable in cash in the first half of 2021.

Telsis
There is no contingent consideration for this transaction.

The assets and liabilities recognised as a result of the acquisitions are as follows:

Cash
Trade receivables
Tangible fixed assets
Intangible – software
Intangible – customer contracts
Intangible – brand
Trade payables
Other receivables
Other payables
Current tax
Deferred tax liability/asset
Net identifiable assets acquired
Add: Goodwill
Net assets acquired

Nimsys
£m
0.3
0.3
0.1
–
3.5
0.2
(0.1)
0.1
(0.1)
(0.1)
(0.9)
3.3
2.2
5.5

Telsis
£m
0.2
0.2
–
0.8
2.4
–
(0.1)
0.5
(1.3)
–
(0.7)
2.0
2.3
4.3

Total 
£m
0.5
0.5
0.1
0.8
5.9
0.2
(0.2)
0.6
(1.4)
(0.1)
(1.6)
5.3
4.5
9.8

Valuations of intangible assets
Customer contracts were valued under the Income Method and the brand under the Relief from Royalty Method.

Acquired receivables
The fair value of acquired trade receivables for Nimsys and Telsis is £0.3m and £0.2m respectively. The gross contractual amount for trade 
receivables due is £0.3m and £0.2m respectively, of which £nil is expected to be uncollectible.

100

Gamma Communications plcRevenue and profit contribution (unaudited)
Nimsys contributed revenues of £3.1m and profit after tax of £1.0m to the Group for the period from 4 February 2019 to 31 December 2019. 

If the acquisition had occurred on 1 January 2019, consolidated pro-forma revenue and profit for the year ended 31 December 2019 
would have been £3.4m and £1.2m respectively. These amounts have been calculated as follows:

For the year ended 31 December 2019
Add: Transaction costs
For the year ended 31 December 2019 if the acquisition occurred on 1 Jan 2019

Revenue
£m
3.4
–
3.4

Profit 
£m
1.1
0.1
1.2

Telsis contributed revenues of £0.3m and profit after tax of nil to the Group for the period from 25 November 2019 to 31 December 2019. 

If the acquisition had occurred on 1 January 2019, consolidated pro-forma revenue and profit for the year ended 31 December 2019 
would have been £2.9m and £0.8m respectively. These amounts have been calculated as follows:

For the year ended 31 December 2019
Add: Transaction costs
For the year ended 31 December 2019 if the acquisition occurred on 1 Jan 2019

Revenue
£m
2.9
–
2.9

Profit 
£m
0.4
0.4
0.8

Goodwill
The goodwill of £4.5m (Nimsys £2.2m, Telsis £2.3m) is attributable to the acquired entities. The goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes.

Purchase consideration – cash outflow

Cash paid
Less: cash acquired
Net outflow of cash – investing activities

Nimsys
£m
3.7
(0.3)
3.4

Telsis
£m
4.3
(0.2)
4.1

In the year ended 31 December 2018, the Group acquired 100% of the issued share capital of DX Groep B.V., a provider of telephony 
services.

19. Inventories

Raw materials and consumables
Provision
Total inventories

The replacement cost of inventories equals the balance sheet amount.

2019 
£m
8.5
(0.4)
8.1

Total 
£m
8.0
(0.5)
7.5

2018 
£m
6.6
(0.4)
6.2

101

Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationFinancial statements continued

Notes forming part of the financial statements continued 
For the year ended 31 December 2019

20. Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables
Less: provision for impairment of trade receivables
Trade receivables – net
Contract assets
Prepayments
Other receivables
Total trade and other receivables

Of which:
Due within one year or less
Due after more than one year

2019 
£m
34.8
(4.4)
30.4
33.1
25.8
3.2
92.5

77.5
15.0

The Directors consider that the carrying value of the trade and other receivables is approximately equal to their fair value.

Movements on the provision for impairment of trade receivables are as follows:

At beginning of the year
Provided during the year
Receivable written off during the year as uncollectible

2019 
£m
4.6
0.4
(0.6)
4.4

2018 
£m
31.0
(4.6)
26.4
27.7
17.9
2.7
74.7

62.8
11.9

2018 
£m
2.7
2.1
(0.2)
4.6

The movement on the provision for impaired receivables has been included in the revenue line or operating expense line as appropriate in 
the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

The main factors considered by the finance function in determining that the amounts due are impaired are that the customers are unlikely 
to be trading or the debts are three months and more past due. We provide for all receivables based on knowledge of customer and 
historical experience and estimate irrecoverable amounts by reference to past default experience. The ageing of these receivables is as 
follows:

Not due
Up to 3 months
3 to 6 months
6 to 12 months
Older than 1 year

2019 
£m
0.2
2.3
0.8
0.5
0.6
4.4

2018 
£m
0.3
2.1
0.6
0.9
0.7
4.6

The Group does not have any concentration of credit risk. None of the customers represents more than 10% of trade receivables.

As at 31 December 2019 and 2018 trade receivables as shown below were past due but not impaired. They relate to customers with no 
default history or where we have an offset arrangement. The ageing analysis of these receivables is as follows:

2019 
£m
4.1
0.5
0.2
-
4.8

2018 
£m
1.8
0.3
–
–
2.1

Up to 3 months
3 to 6 months
6 to 12 months
Older than 1 year

102

Gamma Communications plc21. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash at bank

22. Trade and other payables

Current and non-current
Trade payables
Other payables
Accruals – Cost of sales
Accruals – Operating expenses (excluding payroll)
Accruals – Payroll (excluding tax and social security)
Tax and social security
Deferred income
Total trade and other payables

Book values approximate to fair value at 31 December 2019 and 31 December 2018.
Of which:
Due within one year or less
Due after more than one year

2019 
£m
53.9

2019 
£m

6.1
3.1
13.3
6.5
8.8
4.5
4.0
46.3

46.1
0.2

2018 
£m
35.5

2018 
£m

4.4
2.1
13.4
4.7
6.8
2.1
4.0
37.5

37.2
0.3

Within ‘Accruals – Cost of sales’ is an amount which represents the estimated costs which have yet to be billed by other carriers. This 
accrual is required because in the telecoms industry, calls and data are passed from one carrier to another and there is a significant level 
of billing between carriers, and reconciliations are carried out between the data records of each carrier. In some cases, these 
reconciliations may take some time to perform. Even when a bill has been received, most carriers reserve the right to issue additional bills 
if they discover that the units thereon were incomplete or the calls were not correctly rated. 

103

Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationFinancial statements continued

Notes forming part of the financial statements continued 
For the year ended 31 December 2019

23. Financial instruments – risk management

The Group is exposed through its operations to the following financial risks:

•  Credit risk.

•  Market risk.

•  Fair value or cash flow interest rate risk.

•  Liquidity risk.

The Group is exposed to risks that arise from its use of financial instruments. This note describes the Group’s objectives, policies and 
processes for managing those risks and the methods used to measure them. Further quantitative information in respect of these risks is 
presented throughout these financial statements.

Principal financial instruments
The principal financial instruments used by the Group, from which financial instrument risk arises, are as follows:

•  Trade receivables.

•  Cash and cash equivalents.

•  Trade and other payables.

A summary of the financial instruments held by category is provided below:

Financial assets – amortised cost

Cash and cash equivalents
Trade receivables – net
Contract assets
Other receivables
Total financial assets

Financial liabilities – amortised cost

Trade payables
Other payables
Accruals – Cost of sales
Accruals – Operating expenses (excluding payroll)
Accruals – Payroll (excluding tax and social security)
Lease liabilities
Total financial liabilities

2019 
£m
53.9
30.4
33.1
3.2
120.6

2019 
£m
6.1
3.1
13.3
6.5
8.8
12.6
50.4

2018 
£m
35.5
26.4
27.7
2.7
92.3

2018 
£m
4.4
1.8
12.8
5.4
7.0
4.4
35.8

General objectives, policies and processes
The Board has overall responsibility for the determination of the Group’s risk management objectives and policies and, whilst retaining 
ultimate responsibility for them, it has delegated the authority for designing and operating processes that ensure the effective 
implementation of the objectives and policies to the Group’s Management Committee. The Board receives monthly reports from the 
Management Committee through which it reviews the effectiveness of the processes put in place and the appropriateness of the 
objectives and policies it sets.

The overall objective of the Board is to set policies that seek to reduce risk as far as possible without unduly affecting the Group’s 
competitiveness and flexibility. Further details regarding these policies are set out below:

Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or a counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual 
obligations. The Group is mainly exposed to credit risk from credit sales. It is Group policy, implemented locally, to assess the credit risk of 
new customers before entering into contracts.

The Credit Committee has established a credit policy under which each new customer is analysed individually for creditworthiness before 
the Group’s standard payment and delivery terms and conditions are offered. The Group’s review includes external ratings where available. 
Purchase limits are established for each customer, which represent the maximum open amount without requiring further approval from 
the Credit Committee.

The Credit Committee determines concentrations of credit risk by monitoring the creditworthiness rating of existing customers and 
through regular reviews of the trade receivables’ ageing analysis.

The Group does not enter into derivatives to manage credit risk.

Quantitative disclosures of the credit risk exposure in relation to financial assets are set out below. Further disclosures regarding trade 
and other receivables, which are neither past due nor impaired, are provided in note 20.

104

Gamma Communications plc 
Due to the Group’s procedures for managing credit risk, expected credit losses on all non-trade receivable financial assets are expected 
to be negligible. Expected impairment for trade receivables is calculated based on historical default rates. Details of this provision are 
shown in note 20.

Financial assets – maximum exposure

Cash and cash equivalents
Trade receivables – net
Contract assets
Other receivables
Total financial assets

2019 
£m
53.9
30.4
33.1
3.2
120.6

2018 
£m
35.5
26.4
27.7
2.7
92.3

The Credit Committee monitors the utilisation of the credit limits regularly and at the reporting date does not expect any losses from 
non-performance by the counterparties in addition to those already provided against.

Cash in bank
The Group is continually reviewing the credit risk associated with holding money on deposit in banks and seeks to mitigate this risk by only 
holding deposits with banks with a credit rating of A or above, unless Board approval is obtained.

Market risk
The market risk relates to foreign exchange. Foreign exchange risk arises because the Group has operations located in Europe and the 
acquired companies under DX Groep B.V. which are not the same as the functional currency in which the Group companies are operating. 
Although the fact that its overseas operations are small compared to those in the UK reduces the Group’s operational risk, the Group’s net 
assets arising from such overseas operations are exposed to currency risk resulting in gains or losses on retranslation into Pound Sterling. 
Given the levels of materiality, the Group does not hedge its net investments in overseas operations as the cost of doing so is 
disproportionate to the exposure.

During the year, the Group entered into one forward foreign exchange contract to mitigate against the foreign exchange risk on foreign 
contracts. This is in USD and relates to one supplier. The foreign exchange contract was open at year end to cover payments totalling 
USD$7.0m.

As of 31 December 2018 and 31 December 2019 the Group’s exposure to foreign exchange risk was not material. A sensitivity analysis for 
market risk has not been prepared as the risk is immaterial.

Fair value or cash flow interest risk
The Group’s only exposure to interest rate risk arises from the interest rate on fixed term, fixed rate bank deposits. 

Analysis of this has not been prepared as this risk is immaterial.

Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk arises from the Group’s management of working capital. It is the risk that the Group will encounter difficulty in meeting its 
financial obligations as they fall due.

It is the Group’s aim to settle balances as they become due.

The Board receives annual 36-month cash flow projections. At the end of the financial year, these projections indicated that the Group 
expected to have sufficient liquid resources to meet its obligations under all reasonably expected circumstances.

The following table sets out the contractual maturities (representing undiscounted contractual cash flows) of financial liabilities (excluding 
lease and contract liabilities):

2019
2018

The Group presents a maturity analysis of lease liabilities within note 25.

For more details on the line items included above, see note 22.

Up to 3
months
£m
36.4 
30.9

Between
3 and 12
months
£m
1.3 
–

Between
1 and 2
years
£m
0.1
0.5

Between
2 and 5
years
£m
–
–

Over
5 years
£m
– 
–

105

Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationFinancial statements continued

Notes forming part of the financial statements continued 
For the year ended 31 December 2019

23. Financial instruments – risk management continued

Capital disclosures
The Group manages its capital to ensure that entities in the Group will be able to continue as a going concern while maximising its return to 
shareholders through the optimisation of the debt and equity balance. The Group’s overall strategy remains unchanged from the prior 
year. The Group monitors ‘adjusted capital’ which comprises all components of equity that are managed as capital (i.e. share capital, share 
premium reserve, merger reserve, share option reserve and retained earnings).

The Group’s objectives when maintaining capital are:

• 

 to safeguard the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern, so that it can continue to provide returns for shareholders and benefits 
for other stakeholders; and

• 

 to provide an adequate return to shareholders by pricing products and services commensurately with the level of risk.

The Group has historically maintained very low levels of gearing and is not exposed to externally imposed capital requirements. The Group 
will continue to manage the amount of capital it requires in proportion to risk. The Group manages its capital structure and makes 
adjustments to it in the light of changes in economic conditions and the risk characteristics of the underlying assets.

Total equity
Cash and cash equivalents
Capital

Total equity
Overall financing

Capital-to-overall-financing ratio

24. Provisions

Leasehold dilapidation provision
Onerous lease provision
Onerous contracts
Other provisions
Total provisions
Of which:
Due within one year or less
Due after more than one year

At 1 January 2019
Additional provision in the year
Utilisation of provision
At 31 December 2019

2019 
£m
153.8
53.9
207.7

153.8
153.8

1.35

2019 
£m
1.3
–
–
0.4
1.7

0.9
0.8

Onerous 
contracts
£m
0.5
(0.5) 
–
–

Leasehold
dilapidation
provision
£m
1.4
0.1
(0.2)
1.3

Onerous
lease
provision
£m
0.3
–
(0.3) 
–

Other 
provisions 
£m
-
0.4
-
0.4

2018 
£m
117.9 
35.5
153.4

117.9
117.9

1.30

2018 
£m
1.4
0.3
0.5
-
2.2

1.0
1.2

Total
£m
2.2
– 
(0.5)
1.7

Leasehold dilapidations relate to the estimated cost of returning a leasehold property to a defined condition at the end of the lease in 
accordance with the lease terms. Under IFRS 16, dilapidations costs are accounted for within the right of use asset and released to the 
profit and loss account through depreciation. The main uncertainties relate to estimating the cost that will be incurred at the end of the 
lease and also whether the option to break from the lease will be exercised. Leasehold dilapidation provisions relate to property rentals 
and vary from less than 12 months to in excess of five years.

The onerous lease provision related to lease payments on properties which were considered to be onerous. During the year all the 
provision was utilised.

From time to time the Group engages in contracts with suppliers where there is a minimum commitment. This is done in instances where 
the minimum purchase commitment is considered to be comfortably achievable and there is a material commercial advantage to making 
that commitment. Rarely there may be an unforeseen change in circumstances which means that the commitment becomes onerous and 
a provision is made at the point it appears that the minimum commitments will not be achieved. Provisions for onerous contracts related to 
contracts less than two years in length.

106

Gamma Communications plc25. Lease liabilities

Maturity analysis – contractual undiscounted cash flows
In one year or less
Between one and five years
In five years or more
Total undiscounted lease liabilities at 31 December

Lease liabilities included in the statement of financial position at 31 December 
Current
Non-current

Amounts recognised in the comprehensive income statement
Interest expense on lease liabilities
Expenses relating to short-term leases
Expenses relating to leases of low value assets, excluding short-term leases of low value assets

2019 
£m

1.7
6.9
6.6
15.2

12.6
1.3
11.3

0.4
– 
– 

2018 
£m

1.6
2.1
1.1
4.8

4.4
1.5
2.9

0.2
–
–

The amounts recognised in the statement of consolidated cash flows is £1.1m (2018: £1.6m).

During the years ended 31 December 2018 and 31 December 2019 there were no variable lease payments not included in the 
measurement of lease liabilities, no sale and leaseback transactions and no income from sub-leasing right of use assets.

26. Deferred tax
Deferred tax is calculated in full on temporary differences under the liability method using the tax rate at which it is expected to unwind, 
being 19% until 1 April 2020 and then 17% from 1 April 2020. Following the UK Budget 2020 on 11 March 2020, the main rate of 
corporation tax is expected to remain at 19%, however this change had not been substantively enacted at the statement of financial 
position date and therefore has not been reflected in the deferred tax balances recorded.

The movement on the deferred tax account is as shown below:

Asset at 1 January
Change in accounting policy
Restated asset at 1 January
Tax charge recognised in profit and loss
Recognised directly in equity
Tax arising on acquisition
Net (liability)/asset at 31 December

2019 
£m
0.5
–
0.5
(0.7)
0.9
(1.6)
(0.9)

2018 
£m
1.7
3.8
5.5
(0.9)
(0.4)
(3.7)
0.5

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset where the Group has a legally enforceable right to do so. All deferred tax has been recognised 
as the Group is consistently profitable and so expects to have sufficient profits which can be utilised. The movements in relation to change 
in accounting policy relate to the application of IFRS 15, this is not expected to be seen going forward. 

The deferred taxation asset/(liability) consists of the tax effect of temporary differences as follows:

2019
Difference in capital allowances and depreciation/amortisation
Other temporary and deductible differences
Deferred tax on share options
Deferred tax on acquisition of subsidiaries
Deferred tax asset/(liability)

2018
Difference in capital allowances and depreciation/amortisation
Other temporary and deductible differences
Deferred tax on share options
Deferred tax on acquisition of subsidiary
Deferred tax asset/(liability)

Asset
£m
–
1.1
1.9
–
3.0

Asset
£m
1.9
1.5
1.0
–
4.4

Liability
£m
–
(0.2)
–
(3.7)
(3.9)

Liability
£m
–
(0.2)
–
(3.7)
(3.9)

Credited/ 
(charged) to
profit or loss
£m
(1.9)
(0.4)
–
1.6
(0.7)

Credited/ 
(charged) to
equity
£m
–
–
0.9
– 
0.9

Credited/ 
(charged) to
profit or loss
£m
–
(1.0)
0.1
–
(0.9)

Credited/ 
(charged) to
equity
£m 
(0.2)
–
(0.2)
–
(0.4)

Net
£m
–
0.9
1.9
(3.7)
(0.9)

Net
£m
1.9
1.3
1.0
(3.7)
0.5

107

Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationFinancial statements continued

Notes forming part of the financial statements continued 
For the year ended 31 December 2019

27. Share capital

At 31 December the share capital was as follows:

Authorised, allotted and fully paid
Ordinary Shares of £0.0025 each

Ordinary Share movement in the year is as follows:

As at 1 January 2019
March 2019
April 2019
May 2019
July 2019
September 2019
October 2019
November 2019
December 2019
As at 31 December 2019

2019
Number

94,781,312

2018
Number

93,984,626

2019 
£m

0.2
0.2

Number
93,984,626
12,909
32,459
212,998
323,379
162,686
16,993
12,244
23,018
94,781,312

2018 
£m

0.2
0.2

Notes

(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)

(a)   Ordinary Shares were issued to satisfy options which had been exercised.

28. Reserves

The following describes the nature and purpose of each reserve within equity:

Reserve
Share premium reserve
Merger reserve

Share option reserve
Foreign exchange reserve

Own shares
Retained earnings

Description and purpose
Amount subscribed for share capital in excess of nominal value.
Represents the share capital and share related movements of the previous holding company Gamma Telecom 
Holdings Limited following the common control transaction in 2014. These financial statements incorporate 
the results of business combinations using the acquisition method with the exception of the common control 
transaction on the forming of the Group. In the statement of financial position, the acquiree’s identifiable 
assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities are initially recognised at their fair values at the acquisition date. The 
results of acquired operations are included in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income from the 
date on which control is obtained. They are deconsolidated from the date control ceases.
Represents credit to equity relating to share based payment expense on share options.
Exchange differences relating to the translation of the net assets of the Group’s foreign subsidiaries from 
their functional currency into the parent’s functional currency.
Purchase of own shares under a SIP scheme.
All other net gains and losses and transactions with owners (e.g. dividends) not recognised elsewhere.

29. Share based payment expense

Share options granted
On 8 May 2019 the Board approved an issue of options under a Save As You Earn scheme which granted 377,800 options over £0.0025 Ordinary 
Shares at an exercise price of £8.2800. These options will vest in July 2022.

On 13 May 2019 the Board approved an issue of options under the Company Share Option Plan which granted 157,914 options over £0.0025 
Ordinary Shares at an exercise price of £10.9000. These will vest in May 2022.

On 3 June 2019 the Board approved an award under the long term incentive plan for the senior management team. 232,674 options were 
granted over £0.0025 Ordinary Shares at an exercise price of £0.0025 per share which will vest on 1 April 2022 subject to performance 
conditions. The awards granted will have a performance period of three years starting from the vesting commencement date, being 1 April 2019.

On 20 September and 1 October 2019, the Board approved awards under the long term incentive plan for the senior management team. 
3,422 and 4,183 options respectively, were granted over £0.0025 Ordinary Shares at an exercise price of £0.0025 per share which will vest 
on 1 April 2022 subject to performance conditions. The awards granted will have a performance period of three years starting from the 
vesting commencement date, being 1 April 2019.

On 22 November 2019, the Board approved awards under the long term incentive plan for the senior management team. 9,209 options 
were granted over £0.0025 Ordinary Shares at an exercise price of £0.0025 per share which will vest on 1 April 2022. The awards granted 
will have a performance period of three years starting from the vesting commencement date, being 1 April 2019.

108

Gamma Communications plcThe awards issued under the long term incentive plan will vest as follows:

• 

• 

 15% of the shares are subject to an award if annual compound total shareholder return over the performance period equals 8% and 
50% of the shares are subject to an award if the annual compound total shareholder return over the period exceeds or equals 15% with 
pro rata straight line vesting in between; and

 15% of the shares are subject to an award if annual compound growth of the Group’s adjusted earnings per share over the performance 
period equals 8% between the financial years at the beginning and the end of the performance period and 50% of the shares are subject to 
an award if the annual compound growth of the Group’s adjusted earnings per share exceeds or equals 20% with pro rata straight line 
vesting in between.

The weighted average fair value of awards granted during the year was £4.89 (2018: £2.91).

Share options movements
Movements in the number of options during the year were as follows:

The options below were exercised at a weighted average share price of £11.13, and weighted average exercise price of £2.57, and the 
weighted average exercise price of share options exercisable at 31 December 2019 was £2.57.

2019
Date of grant
6 June 2014
8 May 2015
15 April 2016
17 May 2016
19 May 2016
5 April 2017
9 May 2017
22 May 2017
3 April 2018
8 May 2018
23 May 2018
8 May 2019
13 May 2019
3 June 2019
20 September 2019
1 October 2019
22 November 2019

Start  
of year
20,000
89,230
63,088
206,116
565,974
170,348
255,395
198,912
315,353
221,019
179,974
–
–
–
–
–
–

Granted
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
377,800
157,914
232,674
3,422
4,183
9,209

Forfeited/ 
Cancelled
–
(35,183)
(2,294)
–
(36,052)
(13,681)
(31,610)
–
–
(20,815)
(4,088)
(15,763)
(3,669)
–
–
–
–

Exercised
(5,600)
(18,237)
(44,736)
(206,116)
(521,997)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

End  
of year
14,400
35,810
16,058
–
7,925
156,667
223,785
198,912
315,353
200,204
175,886
362,037
154,245
232,674
3,422
4,183
9,209

Exercise
price
£0.2500
£2.7000
£4.3575
£0.0025
£3.4440
£4.9325
£4.1600
£0.0025
£0.0025
£5.5520
£7.3400
£8.2800
£10.9000
£0.0025
£0.0025
£0.0025
£0.0025

Class of
share
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary

Notes
(a)
(a)
(a)
(b) 
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f) (l)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(l)
(l)
(l)

Notes:
(a)   Options have vested and are exercisable.
(b)   The awards granted will have a performance period of three years starting from the vesting commencement date, being 31 March 2016.
(c)   The awards granted will have a performance period of three years starting from the vesting commencement date, being 1 July 2016.
(d)   The awards granted will have a performance period of three years starting from the grant date, being 5 April 2017.
(e)   The awards granted will have a performance period of three years starting from the vesting commencement date, being 1 July 2017.
(f)    The awards granted will have a performance period of three years starting from the vesting commencement date, being 31 March 2017.
(g)   The awards granted will have a performance period of three years starting from the vesting commencement date, being 3 April 2018.
(h)   The awards granted will have a performance period of three years starting from the vesting commencement date, being 1 July 2018.
(i)    The awards granted will have a performance period of three years starting from the grant date, being 23 May 2018.
( j)    The awards granted will have a performance period of three years starting from the vesting commencement date, being 1 July 2019.
(k)   The awards granted will have a performance period of three years starting from the grant date, being 13 May 2019
(l)    The awards granted will have a performance period of three years starting from the vesting commencement date, being 1 April 2019.

There were no lapsed share options during the year.

Apart from the options noted as exercisable, all other options above are outstanding.

109

Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationFinancial statements continued

Notes forming part of the financial statements continued 
For the year ended 31 December 2019

29. Share based payment expense continued

Movements in the number of options during the previous year were as follows:

The options below were exercised at a weighted average share price of £7.51, and weighted average exercise price of £1.15, and the 
weighted average exercise price of share options exercisable at 31 December 2018 was £2.34.

2018
Date of grant
6 June 2014
8 May 2015
8 June 2015
15 April 2016
17 May 2016
19 May 2016
5 April 2017
9 May 2017
22 May 2017
3 April 2018
8 May 2018
23 May 2018

Start  
of year
20,000
370,349
358,698
65,382
277,986
605,681
184,032
273,583
261,208
–
–
–

Granted
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
315,353
241,298
185,424

Forfeited/ 
Cancelled
–
–
(21,970)
(2,294)
(25,598)
(33,353)
(13,684)
(15,089)
(41,323)
–
(20,171)
(5,450)

Exercised
–
(281,119)
(336,728)
–
(46,272)
(6,354)
–
(3,099)
(20,973)
–
(108)
–

End  
of year
20,000
89,230
–
63,088
206,116
565,974
170,348
255,395
198,912
315,353
221,019
179,974

Exercise
price
£0.2500
£2.7000
£0.0025
£4.3575
£0.0025
£3.4440
£4.9325
£4.1600
£0.0025
£0.0025
£5.5520
£7.3400

Class of
share
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary

Notes
(a)
(a)
 (a)
(b)
(c) (l)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(f) (k) (l)
(h)
(i)
(j)

Notes:
(a)   Options have vested and are exercisable.
(b)   The awards granted will have a performance period of three years starting from the grant date, being 15 April 2016.
(c)   The awards granted will have a performance period of three years starting from the vesting commencement date, being 31 March 2016.
(d)   The awards granted will have a performance period of three years starting from the vesting commencement date, being 1 July 2016.
(e)   The awards granted will have a performance period of three years starting from the grant date, being 5 April 2017.
(f)    The awards granted will have a performance period of three years starting from the vesting commencement date, being 31 March 2017.
(g)   The awards granted will have a performance period of three years starting from the vesting commencement date, being 1 July 2017.
(h)   The awards granted will have a performance period of three years starting from the vesting commencement date, being 3 April 2018.
(i)    The awards granted will have a performance period of three years starting from the grant date, being 23 May 2018.
( j)    The awards granted will have a performance period of three years starting from the vesting commencement date, being 1 July 2018.
(k)   The awards vest as follows:

i.    15% of the shares are subject to an award if annual compound total shareholder return over the performance period equals 8% and 50% of the shares are 

subject to an award if the annual compound total shareholder return over the period exceeds or equals 15% with pro rata straight line vesting in between; and
ii.   15% of the shares are subject to an award if annual compound growth of the Company’s adjusted earnings per share over the performance period equals 8% 
between the financial years at the beginning and the end of the performance period and 50% of the shares are subject to an award if the annual compound 
growth of the Company’s adjusted earnings per share exceeds or equals 20% with pro rata straight line vesting in between.

(l)   

 Options for Bob Falconer were vested early in line with the amount of the vesting period up to his leaving date and hence exercised before the rest of the scheme 
becomes exercisable. The unvested shares were cancelled.

There were no lapsed share options during the year.

The share options are subject to equity-settled share based payments.

The share options outstanding at 31 December 2019 represented 2% of the issued share capital as at that date (2018:2%) and would 
generate additional funds of £8.9m (2018: £6.9m) if fully exercised. The weighted average remaining life of the share options was 17 
months (2018: 15 months), with a weighted average remaining exercise price of £4.22 (2018: £3.03).

Share based payment expense
Equity-settled share based payments are measured at fair value (excluding the effect of market-based vesting conditions) at the date of 
grant. The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled share based payments is expensed over the vesting period, based 
on the Company’s estimate of shares that will eventually vest and adjusted for the effect of non-market based vesting conditions.

Application of the fair value measurement results in a charge to operating expenses within the subsidiary company Gamma Telecom 
Limited. The charge has been made to the profit and loss account of the subsidiary as the employees’ services are provided to the 
subsidiary company. The charge for each year is as listed below:

Share options issued to key management
Share options issued to other employees
Total share based payment expense

2019
£m
1.1
1.5
2.6

2018
£m
1.0
0.9
1.9

Included within the total share based payment expense of £2.6m (2018: £1.9m) is National Insurance of £0.6m (2018: £0.6m).

Fair value is measured using the Black-Scholes model and the Monte Carlo model (where market performance conditions are imposed). 
The information set out in the table below is used in the calculations. The expected life used in the model assumes that vesting conditions 
will be met and all options will be exercised at the earliest opportunity.

110

Gamma Communications plc 
 
 
 
Share price at grant date (pence)
Exercise price (pence)
Expected volatility
Risk-free rate
Expected dividend yield

2019
£m
1060 – 1165
0.25 – 1090
27%
0.531 – 0.770%
0.9%

2018
£m
686 – 762
0.25 – 734
25%
0.817 – 0.878%
1.4%

The assumptions relating to volatility and the risk-free rate are calculated with reference to other comparable companies within the 
telecommunications sector.

The Group did not enter into any share based payment transactions with parties other than employees during 2018 and 2019.

30. Fair value measurements of financial instruments

Financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value in the statement of financial position are grouped into three levels of a fair 
value hierarchy. The three levels are defined based on the observability of significant inputs to the measurement, as follows:

• 

• 

• 

 Level 1:  quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly.

 Level 3: unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

The Group only has one level 3 financial liability, being contingent consideration.

The Group’s finance team performs valuations of financial items for financial reporting purposes, including level 3 fair values, in 
consultation with third party valuation specialists for complex valuations. Valuation techniques are selected based on the characteristics 
of each instrument, with the overall objective of maximising the use of market-based information. The finance team reports directly to 
the CFO.

The valuation techniques used for instruments categorised in level 3 are described below.

The fair value of contingent consideration related to the acquisition of Nimsys Groep B.V. (see note 18) was based on the expected 2019 
EBITDA of the business.

The discount rate used is based on the Group’s estimated cost of debt. The effects on the fair value of risk and uncertainty in the future 
cash flows are dealt with by adjusting the discount rate.

The two most significant sensitivities are a change in future EBITDA and change in the value of Pound Sterling. The potential undiscounted 
amount payable under the agreement is between £0.3m (€0.35m) and £1.45m (€1.71m). Sterling values have been translated at the closing 
exchange rate of 1.1757. A 10% change in the exchange rate could give a £0.1m impact on the values.

Management has recalculated the fair value at the end of the accounting period and there have been adjustments to both DX Groep and 
Nimsys contingent consideration. 

For DX Groep, in preparing the statutory accounts for 2018, the best estimate of the contingent consideration was made. During 2019 a 
higher than expected attrition rate of legacy customers taking ISDN caused the revenues to be lower than expected. Therefore, the 
estimated contingent consideration due has been revised and the associated intangible assets including goodwill have been reduced. In 
addition, there was an exceptional tax credit of £1.0m in respect of deferred tax related to the intangible assets which were reduced.

Following the initial recognition of Nimsys deferred consideration in February 2019 performance has exceeded expectations and 
therefore we have remeasured the contingent consideration at the reporting date and updated the balance due. The overall balance due 
has increased by £0.9m which we have charged to the statement of comprehensive income.

Level 3 fair value measurements
The reconciliation of the carrying amounts of financial instruments classified as level 3 is as follows:

1 January 2019
Acquisition of subsidiary
Adjustment to contingent consideration
Exchange differences
31 December 2019

Of which:
Due within one year or less
Due after more than one year
Total

DX Groep
£m
8.1
–
(8.1)
–
–

Nimsys
£m
–
1.8
0.9
(0.1)
2.6

2019 
£m

1.5
1.1
2.6

Total
£m
8.1
1.8
(7.2)
(0.1)
2.6

2018 
£m

–
8.1
8.1

111

Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationFinancial statements continued

Notes forming part of the financial statements continued 
For the year ended 31 December 2019

31. Capital commitments

As at 31 December 2019, amounts contracted for but not provided in the financial statements amounted to £11.5m for the Group (2018: 
£14.4m). This amount is for the purchase of software licences in 2019 and 2018.

The capital commitments in 2019 are payable in USD, with the payable amount being $15.2m. Changes in the exchange rate could cause 
variances in the value of the commitment.

32. Related party transactions

Details of key management’s remuneration are given in note 9.

Dividends of £0.03m (2018: £0.4m) were paid to Directors during the year and no dividends were payable to Directors at the year end.

There were no other transactions with related parties outside of the wholly owned group during the year.

33. Subsequent events

On the 18 February 2020 the Group made an offer to acquire the entire issued and to be issued share capital of VozTelecom. VozTelecom 
is admitted to trading on the Mercado Alternativo Bursátil in Spain. Accordingly, the offer will be implemented by means of a takeover offer 
under the relevant Spanish legislation. The offer values the entire issued and to be issued ordinary share capital of VozTelecom at 
approximately €25.3 million (£21.0 million) on a fully diluted basis. The cash consideration payable pursuant to the offer will be financed 
from the Gamma Group’s existing cash resource (which was £53.9 million as at 31 December 2019). VozTelecom’s net debt at 31 
December (adjusted for convertible bonds) was approximately €5.2m which would imply an enterprise value of c.€30.5 million (c.£25.3 
million).

On the 28 February 2020 the Group acquired Exactive Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries for an initial consideration of £5.0m of which 
£3.6m is in cash payable immediately, £0.5m held in escrow for 24 months and £0.9m will be in Gamma shares payable by 15 April 2020. 
Exactive is a leading UK Microsoft Gold Partner and specialist Microsoft Teams UCaaS provider with an excellent reputation and track 
record. With a growing number of larger business and public sector organisations adopting Microsoft Teams as their collaboration 
solution, Exactive’s expertise and ‘Cloud UCX platform’ will enable us to address this market segment and business opportunity more 
effectively. 

Due to the proximity of the acquisition to the publication of these accounts and given the materiality of the transaction, the Group has not 
yet completed the purchase price allocation and it is impractical to give further information. 

34. Ultimate controlling party

There is no ultimate controlling party.

112

Gamma Communications plcCompany statement of financial position 
As at 31 December 2019

Fixed assets
Investments

Current assets
Debtors
Cash at bank and in hand

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year
Net current assets
Total assets less current liabilities

Capital and reserves
Called up share capital
Share premium account
Share option reserve
Profit and loss account
Shareholders’ funds

Notes

3

4

5

6

2019
£m

13.0
13.0

77.3
31.8
109.1
(53.9)
55.2
68.2

0.2
6.6
12.8
48.6
68.2

2018
£m

11.0
11.0

64.5
6.5
71.0
(21.1)
49.9
60.9

0.2
4.6
10.8
45.3
60.9

As a consolidated statement of comprehensive income is published, a separate profit and loss account for the parent company is omitted 
from the Group financial statements by virtue of section 408 of the Companies Act 2006. The profit in respect of the Company for the year 
was £12.5m (2018: £19.1m).

The financial statements of Gamma Communications plc (registered number 08943488) on pages 113 to 114 were approved and 
authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 16 March 2020 and were signed on its behalf by:

Andrew Belshaw
Chief Financial Officer

The notes on pages 115 to 117 form part of these financial statements.

113

Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationShare  
capital
£m
0.2
–
–
–
–

 Share 
premium 
reserve
£m
3.8
–
–
0.8
0.8

Share  
option 
reserve
£m
9.1
–
1.7
–
1.7

Profit and 
loss account
£m
34.3
(8.1)
–
–
(8.1)

–

0.2

0.2
–
–
–
–
–

0.2

–

4.6

4.6
–
–
2.0
2.0
–

6.6

–

10.8

10.8
–
2.0
–
2.0
–

12.8

19.1

45.3

45.3
(9.2)
–
–
(9.2)
12.5

Total 
equity
£m
47.4
(8.1)
1.7
0.8
(5.6)

19.1

60.9

60.9
(9.2)
2.0
2.0
(5.2)
12.5

48.6

68.2

Financial statements continued

Company statement of changes in equity 
For the year ended 31 December 2019

Notes

7

7

1 January 2018
Dividends paid 
Share based payments
Issue of shares 
Transaction with owners

Total comprehensive income

31 December 2018

1 January 2019
Dividends paid
Share based payments
Issue of shares
Transaction with owners
Total comprehensive income

31 December 2019

The notes on pages 115 to 117 form part of these financial statements.

114

Gamma Communications plcNotes forming part of the Company financial statements
For the year ended 31 December 2019

1. Accounting policies

General information
The Company’s principal activity is to act as a holding company 
that does not trade with third parties. The Group, of which this 
Company is part, is principally engaged in the provision of 
communications and software services for business.

The Company is a public company limited by shares and is 
incorporated and domiciled in England and Wales. The address of 
its registered office is 5 Fleet Place, London, EC4M 7RD.

Basis of preparation
The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with 
Financial Reporting Standard 100 Application of Financial 
Reporting Requirements and Financial Reporting Standard 101 
Reduced Disclosure Framework.

The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of the 
financial statements are set out below. The policies have been 
consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise 
stated.

The financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost 
basis. The presentation currency used is Pound Sterling and unless 
otherwise stated, has been rounded to the nearest 0.1 million (£m).

The financial statements are prepared on the going concern basis. 
In assessing whether the going concern assumption is appropriate, 
the Directors have taken into account all relevant available 
information about the future trading including profit and cash 
forecasts and available facilities and funding. It is therefore 
considered appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of 
accounting in the preparation of the annual financial statements. 

As a consolidated profit and loss account is published, a separate 
profit and loss account for the Company is omitted from the Group 
financial statements by virtue of section 408 of the Companies Act 
2006. The profit in respect of the Company for the year was £12.5m 
(2018: £19.1m).

Disclosure exemptions adopted
In preparing these financial statements the Company has taken 
advantage of all disclosure exemptions conferred by FRS 101. 
Therefore these financial statements do not include:

(a) certain disclosures regarding the Company’s capital;

(b) a statement of cash flows;

(c)  the effect of future accounting standards not yet adopted;

(d)  the disclosure of the remuneration of key management 

personnel;

(e)  disclosure of related party transactions with other wholly owned 
members of the Group headed by Gamma Communications plc;

(f) disclosures in respect of financial instruments; and

(g) disclosures in respect of IFRS 2 share based payments.

Investments
Shares in Group undertakings are initially recorded at cost and 
subsequently adjusted for capital contributions related to share 
based payments and any provisions for impairment.

The cost of acquisition is the amount of cash or cash equivalents 
paid and the fair value of other purchase consideration given by the 
acquirer, together with the expenses of the acquisition. Where the 
payment of consideration for an acquisition is to be made after the 
date of acquisition, reasonable estimates of the amounts expected 
to be paid are included in the cost of acquisition at their present 
values.

The cost of acquisition is adjusted when revised estimates are 
made, with consequential corresponding adjustments continuing 
to be made to the cost of the investment, and therefore goodwill, 
until the ultimate amount is known.

Financial assets
The Company does not have any financial assets which it would 
classify at fair value through profit or loss, available for sale or held 
to maturity. Therefore, all financial assets are classed as loans and 
receivables as defined below.

Loans and receivables
These assets are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or 
determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. 
They arise principally through the provision of goods and services 
to customers (e.g. trade receivables), but also incorporate other 
types of contractual monetary asset.

They are initially recognised at fair value plus transaction costs that 
are directly attributable to their acquisition or issue and are 
subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective interest 
rate method, less provision for impairment.

Impairment provisions are recognised when there is objective 
evidence (such as significant financial difficulties on the part of the 
counterparty or default or significant delay in payment) that the 
Company will be unable to collect all of the amounts due, the 
amount of such a provision being the difference between the net 
carrying amount and the present value of the future expected cash 
flows associated with the impaired receivable. 

The Company’s loans and receivables comprise amounts due from 
Group undertakings, other receivables and cash and cash 
equivalents in the statement of financial position. Cash and cash 
equivalents includes cash in hand, deposits held at call with banks 
and other short-term highly liquid investments with original 
maturities of three months or less. Bank overdrafts are shown 
within loans and borrowings in current liabilities on the statement of 
financial position.

Financial liabilities and equity
Financial liabilities and equity instruments are classified according 
to the substance of the contractual arrangements entered into.

An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual 
interest in the assets of the entity after deducting all of its financial 
liabilities.

Dividends and distributions relating to equity instruments are 
debited direct to equity.

115

Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationFinancial statements continued

Notes forming part of the Company financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2019

2. Critical accounting judgements and estimates

Gamma Communications plc is a non-complex entity primarily holding intercompany debtors and creditors. As such there are no critical 
judgements or accounting estimates that represent a risk of material misstatement over the next 12 months.

3. Investments

At 1 January 
Capital contributions arising from share based payments
At 31 December 

At 31 December 2019 the Company held the ordinary share capital of the following subsidiaries.

Name
Gamma Telecom Holdings Limited
Gamma Telecom Limited
Gamma Business Communications Limited
Gamma Network Solutions Limited
Telsis Direct Limited
Telsis Communication Services Limited
Telsis Services Limited
Telsis GmbH
Gamma Development KfT 
Gamma Communications Europe B.V. 
(formerly Gamma Communications 
Netherlands B.V.)
DX Groep B.V.
Dean One B.V.
Schiphol Connect B.V.
Nimsys Groep B.V.
Gamma Communications Ireland Ltd
Gamma Communications US Inc
Uniworld Bureau Services Limited

Country of incorporation Nature of business
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
Germany
Hungary

Intermediate holding company
Telephony services
Telephony services
Telephony services
Telephony services
Other telecommunication activities
Telephony services
Other telecommunication activities
Software services

Netherlands
Netherlands
Netherlands
Netherlands
Netherlands
Ireland
United States
United Kingdom

Intermediate holding company
Intermediate holding company
Telephony services
Telephony services
Telephony services
Telephony services
Dormant
Dormant

Notes:
(a) Registered Office: 5 Fleet Place, London, EC4M 7RD, England.
(b) Registered Office: Rößlerstraße 88, 64293 Darmstadt, Germany.
(c) Registered Office: 1054 Budapest, Széchenyi Rakpart 8, Hungary.
(d) Office address: 5 Fleet Place, London, EC4M 7RD, England.
(e) Office address: Krijgsman 12-14, 1186 DR Amstelveen, the Netherlands.
(f) Administrative Office: Herengracht 124-128, Amsterdam, the Netherlands.
(g) Registered Office: 6th floor, 2 Grand Canal Square, Dublin 2.
(h) Registered Office: 1313 N. Market Street, Suite 5100, Wilmington, Delaware, 19801, USA.

2019
£m
11.0
2.0
13.0

Ownership by  
the Company
Direct ownership
Indirect ownership
Indirect ownership
Indirect ownership
Indirect ownership
Indirect ownership
Indirect ownership
Indirect ownership
Indirect ownership

Indirect ownership
Indirect ownership
Indirect ownership
Indirect ownership
Indirect ownership
Indirect ownership
Indirect ownership
Indirect ownership

2018
£m
9.3
1.7
11.0

Notes
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(b)
(c)

(d)
(e)
(e)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(a)

Gamma Telecom Limited is also a member of NP4UK Limited which is a dormant company (limited by guarantee) incorporated in the 
United Kingdom.

116

Gamma Communications plc4. Debtors

Amounts due from Group undertakings

2019
£m

77.3
77.3

2018
£m

64.5
64.5

Amounts due from Group undertakings are payable on demand.

The Group has considered the expected credit loss arising on amounts due from Group undertakings. The value of the expected credit 
loss is negligible.

5. Creditors

Amounts due to Group undertakings
Accruals

6. Share capital

2019
£m
53.8
0.1
53.9

2018
£m
21.1
–
21.1

Details of the share capital and movement during the year are given in note 27 to the consolidated financial statements.

7. Dividends paid

Details of the dividends paid during the year are given in note 13 to the consolidated financial statements.

8. Contingent liabilities

The Company had no contingent liabilities at 31 December 2018 or 31 December 2019.

9. Capital commitments

The Company had no capital commitments at 31 December 2018 or 31 December 2019.

10. Related party transactions

The Company has taken advantage of the exemption available within FRS 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework not to disclose 
transactions with other members of the Group headed by the Company. See note 32 to the consolidated financial statements for details 
of the disclosed related party transactions.

11. Subsequent events

In February 2020, entities owned by the Company made an offer for Voz Telecom and acquired Exactive Holdings Limited. Further details 
are given in note 33 to the consolidated financial statements. 

117

Annual Report and Accounts 2019Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSupplementary informationCompany information

Registered Office

Legal Advisers to the Company

Bird & Bird LLP 
15 Fetter Lane 
London 
EC4A 1JP 

Registrar

Link Asset Services 
The Registry 
34 Beckenham Road 
Beckenham 
Kent 
BR3 4TU 

Company website

www.gammacommunicationsplc.com 

Company number

08943488

5 Fleet Place 
London  
EC4M 7RD 

Head Office

Kings House 
Kings Road West 
Newbury 
Berkshire 
RG14 5BY 

Nominated Adviser and Broker

Investec Bank plc 
30 Gresham Street 
London 
EC2V 7QP 

Auditors to the Company

Deloitte LLP 
Abbots House 
Abbey Street 
Reading 
RG1 3BD 
United Kingdom 

118

Gamma Communications plcWorking smarter, together.

+44 (0) 333 014 0000 
info@gamma.co.uk 
www.gammacommunicationsplc.com

We’re a certified Carbon Neutral* Company. This means you 
can demonstrate green credentials yourself. By working with 
us you have a solution that not only helps the environment 
but also enables you to become greener and conform to new 
Government environmental policies.